Professional Documents
Culture Documents
It is a minimum standard that all newly constructed Hyatt International Hotels are
designed and constructed to be in full compliance with the most recent edition of
NFPA 101 or its subsequent revision.
All life safety and security systems must also comply with H.I.T.S. Engineering
Recommendations and Minimum Standards (ER&MS), or the prevailing codes
and legal requirements issued by authorities having jurisdiction over the project,
whichever is demonstrably higher. Minimally required are the following:
A fully zoned addressable, digital, self-diagnostic fire detection
and alarm systems covering all internal and external covered
areas.
A fully automated emergency evacuation and paging system
covering all internal and external areas.
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
ii
General Introduction
29
Sustainable Design
30
Mechanical Systems
31
75
Electrical Systems
93
Lighting Systems
106
Plumbing Systems
119
Communications Systems
139
173
186
189
Guestroom Technology
204
211
Security Systems
214
254
Project Completion
257
262
iii
regarded as specifications or scope limiting documents, nor shall the schedules and
attachments contained herein be considered as such. They are intended solely to
assist the Owner/Developer and his appointed Consultants in the development of
design documentation. Materials listed in these ER&MS shall serve solely as a guide
to quality, features and performance.
Quantities shown in the List of Spare Items Chapter are to be assessed carefully by
the Consultant and contractors and adjusted to local conditions of availability and reorder lead times.
The engineering consultant has the sole responsibility for conforming to all applicable
codes and shall inform Hyatt Internationals Technical Services (H.I.T.S.) in writing,
and in a timely manner, of any conflicts between such applicable codes and those
recommended in these standards.
Upon notification, if H.I.T.S ER&MS is
demonstrably greater than the applicable codes, H.I.T.S reserves the right to interpret
and determine the applicable standards.
The engineering consultant is responsible to incorporate H.I.T.S. Sustainable Design
Criteria in addition to his/her own sustainable initiatives and coordinate with various
consultants including the Sustainability consultant and Testing and Commissioning
consultant.
Hyatt International Technical Services recommends that the supply and installation of
all building systems, components and materials is carried out only by parties having a
minimum of five (5) years documented experience in the manufacturing or installation
of work similar to that required.
production for a minimum period of three (3) years from the date of installation.
Vendors shall record date of installation and shall remain responsible to inform Hyatt
of any plans to discontinue production of the system or critical parts at least three (3)
years in advance of discontinuation.
Vendors shall be able to provide parts and full service support for ten (10) years form
the date of last production of the system.
review and qualified approval with the exception of structural and civil engineering
documentation, throughout the duration of the project. Documents submitted to
H.I.T.S. for review shall be in English language or dual language including English.
All drawings submitted to Hyatt International will be accompanied by a transmittal
letter and will be clearly identified with reference information including the following:
- Name of project
- Name and address of consultant (s)
- Date of original drawings
- Scale
- Drawn by whom
- Checked/approved by whom
- Content
- Drawing number, indicating drawing type, i.e. architectural, electrical and revision
reference number where applicable.
- Revision number with date and description of revision in block or table form, in
order to make visible any revisions to previously submitted drawings or
documents.
- The reason for submission and stipulate what information is to be reviewed and/or
approved.
- Issue record of drawing to any party including date and name of party issued to.
All equipment and material specifications shall be submitted to H.I.T.S.
Throughout the duration of the project, each consultant shall submit to H.I.T.S.
updated drawing registers for all drawings prepared by them for the project.
they are intended and are to be used only to inform those concerned as to technical
and operational requirements. No other use may be made of such drawings without
prior written consent of Hyatt International Technical Services.
Chemicals (i.e. refrigerants) that contribute to the ozone layer depletion and have a
relatively higher global warming potential shall not be used in the construction or
systems of the hotel.
BC
MC
EC
PC
FC
IBC
Recommended Standards
American Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines for Building and Facilities
Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ADAAG
ARI
AMCA
ADA
ANSI
ASHRAE
ASME
ASTM
AWWA
AWG
EIA
ETL
Factory Mutual
FM
IES
IEEE
ISO
IPCEA
NEC
NEMA
NFPA
NSB
EPA
TIA
Introduction
The following document outlines the minimum scope of work that the related key
Consultant, each of whose appointment shall require prior approval from H.I.T.S., shall
perform in accordance with the letter of appointment issued by the Owner/Developer.
Present Conceptual Design concept to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S. for
MEP systems, including locations and approximate sizes of all plant rooms, major
equipment of each plant, major ducts, pipes and conduits and major equipments
service clearances and access routes.
Perform functional, system performance and life-cycle analysis calculations.
Complete energy modeling and simulation programs. Compare results with historical
utility and performance data from H.I.T.S.-identified benchmark hotel(s) to verify the
most efficient and effective systems have been selected.
Review initially considered sustainability features of design with Sustainability
Consultant to determine if they are still applicable; modify approach as required.
Identify any necessary modifications to MEP systems as a result of energy modeling,
simulation and review of initially considered sustainability features, and revise
accordingly.
Provide types and quality concepts for materials, equipment, and systems.
Develop a refined cost estimate of all MEP systems, and an estimated design
schedule timeline.
Attend periodic coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and
H.I.T.S. as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Design
Development phase.
take place to confirm and ensure design intent is completely reflected in all
documents, and has been pre-tender approved.
Prepare tender information comprised of fully detailed drawings, general
specifications, equipment specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and
conditions regarding the performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual
requirements of contractors and vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by
others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the MEP works, and provide to the Owner /
Developer, Architect and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior to tender issue.
Prepare updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances as required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the MEP work for accurate tender, and
obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction of the
project.
Coordinate with the Testing & Commissioning Consultant all the required
performance clauses, testing provisions, list of items to be commissioned, warranties
and guaranties that are to be prepared by others, and received and reviewed by Hyatt
prior to acceptance of the MEP systems.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
calculations, reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings,
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
Arrange / perform the review of all Contractors' / Manufacturers shop drawings, and
Review all major / custom central plant mechanical equipment at the manufacturers
Assist and monitor Testing & Commissioning Consultants work; ensure that MEP
Lighting Designer
Phase One & Two - Conceptual & Schematic Design
Become familiar with Hyatts Lighting requirements as described in H.I.T.S.s Design
Recommendations
&
Minimum
Standards
(DR&MS)
and
Engineering
Recommendations & Minimum Standards (ER&MS).
Become familiar with Hyatts Sustainable Design Criteria, and use as a reference in
development of the lighting designs for the project.
Obtain a detailed design brief from the Architect/Interior Designer/H.I.T.S. and other
members of the design team.
Establish the quality and cost expectations of the project.
Prepare a comparison table between local energy efficiency / lighting / electrical /
building codes and H.I.T.S.s DR&MS and ER&MS. The more stringent of each
comparable regulation / requirement shall govern the lighting design of the project.
Document all lighting requirements, in narrative and schematic form.
Prepare a Design Concept Report; include conceptual sketches, proposed light
sources (lamp types) and fixtures, and a preliminary cost estimate.
Consult and coordinate with Sustainability Consultant and, as feasible and practical,
incorporate sustainable lighting concepts / designs / products into drawings and
related documents.
Prepare preliminary: connected load evaluation, circuiting, and zoning.
Establish Basis of Design criteria for lighting designs of the project.
Prepare a refined cost estimate of all lighting systems, and an estimated design
schedule timeline.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present initial design concept and schematic documentation to Architect, Interior
Designer, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S. for review, comments, modification and
approval before proceeding to Design Development phase.
Undertake a detailed design evaluation of the light fixtures, fittings, dimming and
Develop more detailed plans that additionally incorporate any changes from the
Schematic Design phase that result from review of the Architects in-progress Design
Development drawings.
If any Design Development lighting concepts deviate from approved Schematic
Design, a comparison table with reasons for change shall be submitted to H.I.T.S. for
review and approval.
Prepare outline specifications and drawings of the lighting design, illustrating and
describing all fixtures and controls to be provided.
Provide lighting fixtures and controls sourcing data, as well as specific information on
all lighting fixtures, controls, etc. that are included in the design.
Coordinate lighting design details and intent with Architect, Interior Designer, Art
Consultant, Signage Consultant, Audio / Visual Consultant and MEP Consultant.
Prepare and provide as required drawings / details to clarify integration of lighting
design with the interior design, MEP design, etc.
Provide all lighting fixture schedules, control information, calculations and other
information as required to Architect, Interior Designer, Owner / Developer, Testing &
Commissioning Consultant and H.I.T.S.
Prepare lighting design package for Mock-Up Room(s) and suites. Package to
include complete drawings and specifications required replicating the light fixtures and
their locations, controls and their locations, zoning, and wiring that will be
incorporated into standard guestrooms.
Prior to initiation of tender information / bid documents, coordination meetings shall
take place to confirm and ensure design intent is completed reflected in all
documents, and has been pre-tender approved.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to describe the lighting design work for accurate tender.
Prepare tender information comprised of drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the lighting design works, and provide to the
Owner / Developer, Architect and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior to tender
issue.
Prepare updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances as required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the lighting design work for accurate
tender, and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction
of the project.
Coordinate with the Testing & Commissioning Consultant all required performance
clauses, testing provisions, list of items to be commissioned, warranties and
guaranties that need to be prepared by others and received by Hyatt prior to
acceptance of the lighting systems.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
calculations, reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings,
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
Become familiar with Hyatts Sustainable Design Criteria, and use as a reference in
Obtain a detailed design brief from the Architect / Interior Designer / H.I.T.S. and
integration with lighting systems, acoustics, zoning and required fabrication of any
custom equipment.
Develop more detailed plans that additionally incorporate any changes from the
Schematic Design phase that result from review of the Architects in-progress Design
Development drawings.
If any Design Development audio / visual concepts deviate from approved Schematic
Design, a comparison table with reasons for change shall be submitted to H.I.T.S. for
review and approval.
Prepare outline specifications and drawings of the audio / visual design, illustrating
and describing all equipment and controls to be provided.
Provide audio / visual equipment and controls sourcing data, as well as specific
information on all audio / visual equipment, controls, etc. that are included in the
design.
Coordinate audio / visual design details and intent with Architect, Interior Designer,
Lighting Consultant, Art Consultant, Signage Consultant, Life Safety Consultant,
Communication Technology Consultant and MEP Consultant. Prepare and provide
as required drawings / details to clarify integration of audio / visual design with the
interior design, lighting design, IT design, MEP design, etc.
10
Provide all audio / visual equipment lists, control information, and other information as
Prepare audio / visual design package for Mock-Up Room(s) and suites. Package to
include complete drawings and specifications required replicating the audio / visual
equipment, controls and wiring that will be incorporated into standard guestrooms.
Prior to initiation of tender information / bid documents, coordination meetings shall
take place to confirm and ensure design intent is completed reflected in all
documents, and has been pre-tender approved.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to describe the audio / visual work for accurate tender.
Prepare tender information comprised of drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the lighting design works, and provide to the
Owner / Developer, Architect and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior to tender
issue.
Prepare updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the audio / visual work for accurate tender,
and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction of the
project.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
calculations, reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings,
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
11
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
Security Consultant
Phase One - Conceptual Design
Become familiar with Hyatts Security requirements as described in H.I.T.S.s
Obtain a detailed design brief from the Architect / Interior Designer / Hyatts Corporate
Specialist
subcontractors for blast mitigation, super tall building, emergency planning, etc., are
to be retained as needed.
Prepare a preliminary cause-and-effect consequence matrix of threats and hazards
specific to the project.
Prepare conceptual design to reflect the Consultants familiarity with local codes, the
requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction over the project, local customs
and best practices, and the subsequent impact on the projects architectural design
and operation.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer, Hyatt
Corporate Security Department and H.I.T.S. as required / requested.
Prepare and present to Architect, Owner/Developer, Hyatts Corporate Security
Department and H.I.T.S the conceptual security design and all supporting
documentation for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to
Schematic Design phase. Include in the report the assessment of the overall risk
level at the project.
12
13
any Consultant that result in non-compliance with Hyatt Global Security Department
requirements.
Provide list of Technical security equipment, and other information as required to
Architect, Owner / Developer, and H.I.T.S.
Prior to initiation of tender information / bid documents, coordination meetings shall
take place to confirm and ensure design intent is completed reflected in all
documents, and has been pre-tender approved.
Prepare tender information comprised of drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the security systems works, and provide to the
Owner / Developer, Architect, Hyatt Global Security Department and H.I.T.S. for
review and approval prior to tender issue.
Prepare Property and Operational Security Master Plans.
Provide updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer, Hyatt and
H.I.T.S. for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to
Construction Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the security systems work for accurate
tender, and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction
of the project.
Review and approve all security system components being provided as part of the
landscaping, architectural, MEP and other Consultants' scope of work.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested. Prepare the tender information comprising of equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, drawings, and appropriate clauses and conditions
regarding the performance and contractual restraints on the Contractor, to be
incorporated into a bid package by others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the security systems works, and provide to the
Owner / Developer, Architect and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior to tender
issue.
Review the final contract documents to verify proper integration of security system
components into architectural, structural, interior design, MEP, Fire Protection, and
any other Consultants works as required.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
14
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
Arrange / perform the review of all Contractors' / manufacturers shop drawings, and
security master plan and all specific training that will be required.
Become familiar with the local environment conditions, codes, and infrastructure
Obtain a detailed design brief from the Architect / Interior / H.I.T.S. and other
15
networks. Establish the convergence / integration between these systems and other
systems, as determined by the availability / support of local communication services.
Establish Basis of Design criteria for all communication designs of the project.
Prepare a preliminary cost estimate of all communication systems, and an estimated
design schedule timeline.
Attend periodic coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and
H.I.T.S for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Design
Development phase.
Present initial design concept and schematic documentation to Architect, Owner /
Developer and H.I.T.S. for review, comments, modification and approval before
proceeding to Design Development.
the Architect, Interior Designer and H.I.T.S., along with design drawings from any
specialty design Consultant that may be employed for the projects such as Kitchen
Consultants, Spa Consultants, Restaurant Consultants, etc.
Meet and coordinate with other Consultants / Vendors requiring integration onto the
network for identifying locations for all data and voice points.
Prepare detailed design drawings and integration specifications and submit to Owner
/ Developer and H.I.T.S. for review and comment. These should include at minimum,
but are not limited to:
- Marked up drawings indicating all data, voice and electrical (as related to data
and voice outlet) requirements for all FOH, BOH and Public Area locations.
- Marked up drawings indicating all data, voice and electrical (as related to data and
voice outlet) requirements for guestrooms and suites.
- Detailed horizontal and vertical riser diagrams.
- Detailed specifications on all active and passive equipment as it relates to cabling,
data, and voice systems.
Prepare detailed design specifications for all active and passive equipment
associated with the cabling, voice and data networks. These should include at
minimum but not limited to:
- Active Ethernet switches and related peripheral equipment such as tools, routers,
gateways, firewalls, etc.
- PABX system and all related peripheral equipment such as handsets, modems,
conference phones, and hospitality applications such as voice mail, wake up,
room / mini bar status, call accounting etc.
- Cabling systems and sub-systems such as fiber and copper riser, copper
horizontal, fiber and copper termination points, punch blocks, patch panels, cable
management systems, cable labeling systems, etc.
- UPS requirements, specifications and vendors.
Attend coordination meetings with all relevant design Consultants such as MEP
Consultants, Electrical Consultants, Interior Designers, etc to ensure design does not
impact other designs as well that other designs does not impact Communication
design.
Prepare communication technology design package for Mock-Up Room(s). Package
to include complete drawings and specifications required replicating technology
incorporated into standard guestrooms.
Make final amendments to the design based on Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
comments.
16
H.I.T.S. for final review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to
Construction Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowance required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the communications technology systems
work for accurate tender, and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to
proceed with construction of the project.
Prepare bidding information comprising equipment, cables and installation
specifications including cut sheets, drawings, appropriate clauses and conditions
regarding performance and contractual restraints on the contractor.
Prepare a list of suitable contractors and suppliers who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the works.
Review final contract documents, and product certificates (i.e., cables, connectors
terminal equipment, etc.) prepared by contractor.
Prepare all required performance clauses, testing provisions, list of items to be
commissioned, and warranties & guaranties that are to be prepared by others and
received and reviewed by Hyatt prior to acceptance of communication technology
systems.
Prepare tender information comprising drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Attend periodic coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and
H.I.T.S. as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required permits (including calculations,
reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings, specifications,
electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
17
Arrange / perform the review of all Contractors / manufacturers shop drawings, and
Assist in and monitor testing and commissioning work; ensure that communication
Work with the Owner / Developer and project team to obtain all necessary licenses,
Acoustic Consultant
Phase One & Two - Conceptual Design & Schematic Design
Become familiarized with Hyatts Acoustic requirements as described in H.I.T.S.s
18
drawings, details and specifications for sound / noise / vibration control through
project envelop / curtain wall systems, structural system, interior surfaces and
transmission through interior surfaces.
Consult and coordinate with the MEP Consultant to provide acoustic drawings, details
and specifications for sound / noise / vibration control methods, materials and
installation techniques (including insulation, silencers, spring isolators, inertia blocks,
enclosures, etc.) for: AHUs, FCUs, cooling towers, generator(s), large pumps, and
penetrations through walls, floors, etc.
Prepare tender information comprised of drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
19
Arrange / perform and review of all Contractors' / manufacturers shop drawings, and
Become familiar with Hyatts Sustainable Design Criteria, and use as a reference in
Obtain detailed design brief from the Architect / Interior Designer/ H.I.T.S. and other
20
Schematic Design phase that result from review of the Architects in-progress Design
Development drawings.
If any Design Development vertical transportation concepts deviate from approved
Schematic Design, a comparison table with reasons for change shall be submitted to
H.I.T.S. for review and approval.
Maintain close collaboration with Architect, Acoustic Consultant, Structural
Consultant, and MEP Consultant during entire design process.
Prepare vertical transportation specifications that accurately apply to the unique
requirements of the project. Include requirements for: lift cabin, hoist way pit, overrun,
machine room, etc.
Consult with Interior Designer on interior / exterior finishes, lighting and appointments
of lift cabin, doors, control panels, indicator devices, etc.
Consult with Acoustic Consultant on required sound attenuation required at machine
rooms, shafts, etc. to comply with H.I.T.S.s ER&MS requirements.
Review design drawings to ensure conformance to specifications and prevailing
codes.
Prior to initiation of tender information / bid documents, coordination meetings shall
take place to confirm and ensure design intent is completely reflected in all
documents, and has been pre-tender approved.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to describe the vertical transportation work for accurate
tender.
Prepare tender information comprised of fully detailed drawings, general
specifications, equipment specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and
conditions regarding the performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual
requirements of contractors and vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by
others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the vertical transportation works, and provide to
the Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior to tender
issue.
Prepare updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances as required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the vertical transportation work for accurate
tender, and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction
of the project.
21
Coordinate with the Testing & Commissioning Consultant all required performan
ce
clauses, testing provisions, list o f items to be commi
ssioned, w arranties a nd
guaranties t hat need to be prepared by oth
ers and received by
Hyatt prior to
acceptance of the vertical transportation systems.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T .S.
as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all requir ed project a nd descriptive docume nts
necessary f or filing and obtaining required construction-r elated permits (in cluding
calculations, reproducible drawings, electro
nic files o f reproducible drawings,
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
by Contractor.
22
Become familiar with Hyatts architecture, interior design and operations requirements
Become familiar with Hyatts Sustainable Design Criteria, and use as a reference in
development of the projects overall approach for integrating sustainability into all
aspects of its design, construction and operation.
Review Owner / Developer Project Requirements (OPR) and Consultants Basis of
Design (BOD) reports.
Meet with all Consultants to discuss and identify opportunities for application of
sustainable concepts to all phases of the project.
Prepare a preliminary report on development of an overall sustainability program for
the project using: life-cycle, efficiency, water, energy, waste-stream, emissions,
carbon footprint and return-on-investment calculations in the evaluation process.
Review preliminary report with Consultants, and develop a comprehensive
conceptual, synergistic, sustainability program with final recommendations based
upon input from all Consultants.
Present conceptual sustainability program to Owner / Developer, Hyatt and H.I.T.S.
for review, comment, modification and approval.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Upon approval of conceptual sustainability program, proceed with development of
refined, Sustainability Basis of Design to be integrated into the Schematic, Design
Development and Construction Document phases of all Consultants.
Meet with all Consultants to discuss and identify opportunities for application of
sustainable concepts to all phases of the project.
Commissioning Consultant.
Attend coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
as required / requested.
Design Brief, Architectural features, and other areas during Design Development
phase.
Perform in-depth review of MEP design for adherence to OPR and BOD prior to midpoint (50% CD Phase) of plan development and issue of tender package.
Identify the sustainability initiatives to be documented by the Testing &
Commissioning Consultant.
Prepare schedule and documentation of sustainable credits / points for specific
building rating system being followed.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
calculations, reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings,
23
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents) and (if
applicable) certification, listing, label, etc. in recognition of achievements related to
sustainability of project.
Developer regarding the sustainable solutions during the Tender & Negotiation phase.
members of the project to ensure that specification, receipt, installation and operation
of sustainable initiatives are properly documented, and advise of any changes,
deficiencies or substitutions during construction.
Review testing & commissioning results to ensure that the project meets all
requirement and performance as required by the OPR, BOD and H.I.T.S.
Obtain and review local and national code requirements from the local authorities
having jurisdiction.
Obtain a detailed design brief from the Owner, Architect, Interior Designer, MEP
Ensure a clear understanding exists of the project, and the related fire and life safety
requirements that are necessary to be in compliance with local codes and regulations.
Prepare a comparison table between local fire and life safety codes and H.I.T.S.s
24
Conduct computerized modeling of smoke and fire propagation for all key Front-Of
House, Back-Of-House, Public areas and Guestrooms areas of the project, and
include with submission of design documentation.
Coordinate with other Consultants the integration of fire and life safety systems with:
lighting controls, security systems, MEP systems, elevators and audio / visual
systems.
Prepare drawings, details, diagrams, general specifications, equipment specifications,
and a refined cost estimate.
Prepare tender information comprising drawings, general specifications, equipment
specifications, cut-sheets, and appropriate clauses and conditions regarding the
performance, warranties, guarantees and contractual requirements of contractors and
vendors, to be incorporated into a tender package by others.
Prepare a list of suitable Contractors and Vendors who are technically and
commercially capable of undertaking the fire and life safety systems works, and
provide to the Owner / Developer, Architect and H.I.T.S. for review and approval prior
to tender issue.
Prepare updated budget and identify long lead-time items prior to tender issue.
Attend periodic coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and
H.I.T.S. as required / requested.
Present Design Development package to Architect, Owner / Developer and H.I.T.S.
for review, comments, modification and approval before proceeding to Construction
Document phase.
correct any conflicts that exist between trades, or provide allowances as required
accommodating inclusion of other works.
Prepare fully detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and supporting
documents as necessary to both describe the fire and life safety work for accurate
tender, and obtain all permits, certificates, approvals, etc. to proceed with construction
of the project.
Coordinate with the Testing & Commissioning Team all required performance
clauses, testing provisions, list of items to be commissioned, warranties and
guaranties that are to be prepared by others, and received and reviewed by H.I.T.S.
prior to acceptance of the fire and life safety systems.
Attend periodic coordination meetings with other Consultants, Owner / Developer and
H.I.T.S. as required / requested.
Prepare and deliver to the Architect all required project and descriptive documents
necessary for filing and obtaining required construction-related permits (including
calculations, reproducible drawings, electronic files of reproducible drawings,
specifications, electronic files of specifications, and PDF files of all documents).
25
Respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) and Requests for Clarification (RFCs)
by Contractor.
Assist in and monitor commissioning of fire and life safety systems performed by
others; ensure that systems are installed and perform as per design intent.
Work with the Owner / Developer and project team to obtain all necessary licenses,
Review final as built documentation to ensure compliance with current codes and
regulations.
Provide training for staff to Owner / Developers, Hyatts and H.I.T.S.s satisfaction
and approval
26
and pressure gauges, flow meters, control system interfaces, etc.) are included in the
design
Prepare Commissioning Plan and supporting specifications
Verify that Commissioning requirements are included in the Construction Documents.
Prepare draft verification test procedures and coordinate testing and commissioning
schedule with overall project schedule
Conduct/witness and document verification tests
Draft project Handover Certifications to ensure that job is completed in a sequential
manner stage by stage, with all site verifications performed on time, and issue a copy
to H.I.T.S.
Manager.
initiated.
Review material submittals and verify compliance with OPR and BOD.
27
Review building operations and performance of systems within 10 months after the
substantial completion.
Issue a report with finding and an action plan for any necessary corrective actions to
28
Introduction
This survey will be conducted during the Preliminary Concept phase of the project
and must be concluded prior to commencing the Schematic Design Phase. The
resulting information will be used in conjunction with Hyatts ER&MS to establish the
MEP, Sustainability, Architectural, Interior Design and Operational requirements for
the design and construction of the referenced project. This information must be
completed in conjunction with any Food and Beverage, Human Resources, Project
Descriptive, and Marketing surveys.
Project Information
Site Survey
Site Restrictions
Construction Data
Existing Hotel Survey
Climatological Data
Sewage Disposal Service
District Steam & Hot Water
Electrical Service
Gas Service
Potable Water Service
Telephone Service
Television Broadcast Service
Radio Broadcast Service
Fire Service
Sustainable/ Green Building Programs
Street Cleaning Services
Police Service
Hospital Service
29
Attachment
Site Characteristics Survey
__________________________________________________________
Address:
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
City/Area:
_____________________________________________________
Country:
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Fax:
_____________________________________________________
Email:
_____________________________________________________
Developer/Owner
Name:
_____________________________________________________
Address:
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Tel:
_____________________________________________________
Fax:
_____________________________________________________
Email:
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Company:
_____________________________________________________
Address:
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Tel:
_____________________________________________________
Fax:
_____________________________________________________
Date:
_____________________________________________________
Signature
_____________________________________________________
29.1
Titles:
__________________________________
__________________________________
__________________________________
Appointed
(Check )
Project Management
Quantity Surveyor
Architect
Resort Master Planning Consultant
Landscape Designer
Interior Designer
MEP Consultant
Vertical Transportation Consultant
Structural / Civil Engineering Consultant
Fire and Life Safety Consultant
Kitchen Consultant
Laundry Consultant
Acoustic Consultant
Sustainability / Environmental Consultant
Lighting Consultant
Communications Technology Consultant
Audio Visual Consultant
Security Consultant
Testing and Commissioning Consultant
Signage / Graphic Designer
FF&E Purchasing Agent
Curtain Wall / Faade Consultant
Artwork Consultant
Traffic Consultant
Soil Consultant
Main Contractor
To be Appointed
(Check )
29.2
Site Survey
City center
Yes
City outskirts
Yes
Airport
Yes
No
No
No
Beach Resort
Yes
Non-beach resort
Yes
No
No
City Map
Site Plan (including topography)
Site photographs
Aerial photographs
City Map. Indicate the following on the city map (Check as appropriate)
Financial district
Government offices district
Restaurant/entertainment/ shopping districts
Luxury residential district(s)
Traffic Lights
Pedestrian crossings
Major buildings adjacent
Future building/ structures adjacent to the site
Parking lots/ garages
Any facilities handling hazardous substances (environmental considerations)
Accessibility to location
a. By road (names)
_________________________________________________________
b. By water
_________________________________________________________
c. By other (specify)
__________________________________________________________
29.3
_____ sq m
Square meters
_____ ha
Hectares
or
Site Dimensions
North boundary
_____ meters
East boundary
South boundary
_____ meters
West boundary
Direction of View(s)
_____ meters
_____ meters
North
________________________
________________________
South
________________________
________________________
East
________________________
________________________
West
________________________
________________________
Boundary (N, S, E, W)
_________________________________________________________
Street
_________________________________________________________
Boundary
Street
Personnel (N, S, E, W)
________________________
_________________________
Deliveries (N, S, E, W)
________________________
_________________________
________________________
_________________________
Beach?
Yes
River?
Yes
No
No
Lake?
Yes
Ocean?
Yes
No
No
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Describe beach, e.g. wide, narrow, color of sand, rocky, sea weed, lagoon
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
29.4
Is beach public?
No
_________________________________________________
Diving?
Yes
Surfing?
Yes
Sailing?
Yes
No
No
No
Summer
_____ C
Yes
No
No
________________________
Winter _____ C
_____ meters
Site Restrictions
Plot Ratio
_____________
_____ sq m
_____ sq m
or _____ percentage
_____ sq m
or _____ percentage
_____ meters
_____
Boundary setbacks
a. boundary setback
_____ meters
b. boundary setback
_____ meters
c. boundary setback
_____ meters
d. boundary setback
_____ meters
_____ meters
Yes
No
_______________________________________________________________________
Indicated on site plan
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
29.5
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Chemical
_____ km
Biological _____ km
Rubbish/Garbage
_____ km
Nuclear
Other (specify)
___________________________
Yes
Archaeological considerations
Yes
Days
_____ km
_____ km
No
No
_____
Months _____
Parking requirements
_____ Cars
_____ Buses
____ Bicycles
___________________
Any other code requirements peculiar to hotel?
Yes
No
Formula (i.e. number of car spaces per room)
_______________________________________________________________________
Construction Data
Structure
No
Steel?
Yes
No
_______________________________________________________
Faade
No
No
Yes
Stone cladding
Yes
Other (specify):
_______________________________________________________
No
Climatological Data
Precipitation
Rainfall annually
_____ mm
Snowfall annually
_____ mm
Design Temperatures
29.6
Speed
Direction
Summer
_____
_____
Fall
_____
_____
Speed
Direction
Winter
_____
_____
Spring
_____
_____
Typhoon season
From ___________________
To ___________________
Hurricane season
From ___________________
To ___________________
Tornado season
From ___________________
To ___________________
Monsoon season
From ___________________
To ___________________
Flooding season
From ___________________
To ___________________
Avalanche season
From ___________________
To ___________________
From ___________________
To ___________________
Other (specify)
____________________________________________________
No
_____ mm
_____ mm
_____ mm
_____ mm
_____ months
No
No
_____ years
______________________________________________________________________
Annual fee/cost (US dollar)
On- site treatment Yes
_____
No
_____ meters
No
_____ meters
29.7
Yes
Yes
No
No
If seasonal only
No
From ___________________
To _____________________
_____ mm
_____ inches
- Pressure
________________________
_____ meters
- Quality of steam
_____ %
_____ feet
Yes
_____ hours
No
Yes
_____ years
No
b. Minimum billing:
Yes
No
__________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________
Controlling Agency / Utility
_____________________________________________________
Application lead time
- Is the district steam system adequate for the next 15 years?
Yes No
- If yes, provide details:
_____ months
Yes
No
_____ years
___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
District hot water connecting fee(s) and rate(s):
a. Connecting Fee(s)
b. Minimum billing:
_____ C
_____ kPA
Return temperature
_____ C
______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
29.8
_____ months
Yes
_____ years
No
Electrical Services
Network Characteristics
Obtain full network characteristics. Include sub station and location, available fault
current, rate schedule, rules & regulations, national and local codes, etc., and attach.
(Check )
Voltage stability
+ _____ %
- _____ %
_______________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Yes
No
Yes
_____ months
_____ years
_____ Off- peak
No
Yes
No
_____ Peak
_____________________________________________
___________________________________________________
No
____________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
If no, list alternative gas sources
Gas main:
_____ meters
b. Size (diameter)
_____ mm
c. Pressure
_____ per
_____
_____ cm
_______________________________________________
29.9
_____________________________________________________
Yes
No
Other Fuel Sources (If piped-gas service is not available, check as appropriate)
Propane
#2 Fuel Oil
Butane
#5 Fuel Oil
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Water Service
Water authority mains:
_____ meters
b. Size (diameter)
_____ mm
c. Pressure
_____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_____ mm
Yes
No
Potable?
Yes
No
Does local supply meet World Health
Organization (WHO) standards for drinking
Total hardness for each season
Yes
No
____________________________________________
29.10
Yes
Laboratory attached?
Reliability:
No
_________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Yes
Is potable water service capacity adequate for the next fifteen years?
_____ months
Yes
_____ years
No
Rain?
Yes
Other (specify):
Yes
No
_______________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Well?
No
No
Desalination?
Yes
Reverse Osmosis?
Yes
No
No
__________________________________________________________
Telephone Service
_____ km
a. DMTF?
Yes
c. Digital Lines?
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
b. Analogue Lines?
Yes
d. ISDN Lines?
Yes
No
No
________________________________________________________
Poor
a. Local
b. Long distance
c. International
Good
Yes
b. Long distance
Yes
c. International
Yes
No
No
No
Excellent
29.11
_____
Yes
No
____________________________________________________
Yes
No
_____________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Is telephone service
Public?
Yes
No
Private?
or
Yes
b. Satellite?
Yes
c. Digital?
Yes
d. Cable?
Yes
f. Multi-lingual?
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
____________________________________
___________________________________________________
Yes
Is TV Format
a. N.T.S.C.?
Yes
c. S.E.C.A.M.?
Yes
e. Other:
No
No
Yes
Yes
_______________________________________________
e. High Definition?
Yes
No
No
No
b. P.A.L?
Yes
d. TCPIP?
Yes
No
No
_________________________________________________________________
_____
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
_________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
29.12
Yes
No
_____________________________________________________________
Is radio available?
No
a. AM mono stations?
_____
b. AM stereo stations?
_____
c. FM mono stations?
_____
d. FM stereo stations?
_____
e. Satellite radio?
_____
Format
(i.e. AM/ FM/Stereo)
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
___________________________________
___________________________________
___________________________________
___________________________________
Fire Service
Is hotel within jurisdiction of a fire district?
a. Professional?
Yes
c. Volunteer?
Yes
No
No
b. Private?
Yes
No
_____ minutes
_________________________________________________
Yes
No
____________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Describe rescue equipment
_______________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
To what height can the firefighting equipment reach?
_____ meters
_________________________
_________________________
_____
Yes
No
29.13
Yes
Yes
No
No
_____________________________________
____________________________________
_____________________________________
____________________________________
_____________________________________
____________________________________
Yes
No
_____________________________
- Solar
- Wind
- Bio-fuel based electrical system
- Geothermal
- Low impact Hydro- Electric power
- Wave
- Deep lake cooling/ heating
_____________________________________________
- Others
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
What regional (local) construction materials are available within 500 miles/800 km?
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Yes
Method of Collection
a. Loose?
c. Container?
Yes
Yes
If compactor
a. Rented?
Yes
No
No
No
No
b. Public?
Yes
No
b. Leased?
Yes
No
No
b. Leased?
29.14
Yes
Yes
No
_____
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
________________________________________________________
Police Service
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
___________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
Nearest police station and name
Distance ________________
or Estimated response time _______________________
If yes, describe
Yes
station?
No
Hospital Service
________________________________________________
_____ km
_____ minutes
Yes
No
No
From ___________________
To ______________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Is there ambulance service?
Yes
No
_____ minutes
Yes
Yes
29.15
No
No
Concrete?
Yes
Height
No
Steel? Yes
_____ m
No
__________________________________________
Number of Basements
_____
_____
_____
a. _______________________________
_____ sq m
b. _______________________________
_____ sq m
c. _______________________________
_____ sq m
d. _______________________________
_____ sq m
a. _______________________________
_____ seats
_____ sq m
b. _______________________________
_____ seats
_____ sq m
c. _______________________________
_____ seats
_____ sq m
d. _______________________________
_____ seats
_____ sq m
e. _______________________________
_____ seats
_____ sq m
f. _______________________________
Other Facilities (list)
_____ seats
_____ sq m
a. _______________________________
_____ sq m
b. _______________________________
_____ sq m
c. _______________________________
_____ sq m
d. _______________________________
_____ sq m
e. _______________________________
_____ sq m
f. _______________________________
_____ sq m
Elevators
a. Guest
no. _____
Capacity _____
b. Service
no. _____
Capacity _____
c. Others
no. _____
Capacity _____
29.16
Number of bays
Number of keys
Services areas ( Housekeeping, pantries per floor)
Fire egress (stairs per floor)
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Room Mix
_____ keys
_____ bays
3 bay suites
_____ keys
_____ bays
2 bay suites
_____ keys
_____ bays
King Rooms
_____ keys
_____ bays
Twin Rooms
_____ keys
_____ bays
_____ keys
_____ bays
Other:
_____ keys
_____ bays
Other:
_____ keys
_____ bays
_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Provision for expansion and upgrading:
29.17
Introduction
Hotel construction and operation have considerable environmental impact. Hotels, like
many other buildings, use resources and raw materials and also generate waste and
potentially harmful emissions. Sustainable Design consultants are required to take into
consideration the accessibility, security, health and productivity aspects of the
development while minimizing its impact on the environment. An integrated and
coordinated approach by the various stakeholders is key to the success of the
sustainable design.
Sustainable design supports the protection of the environment and conservation, and
seeks optimization of cost and benefits to the environment, society and humans without
compromising the functionality of the building.
See Attachment: Sustainable Design Criteria
See Attachment: Sustainable Design Checklist
30
Attachments
Sustainable Design
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
30.1
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
1. Narrative:
Hyatt* believes it is our shared responsibility to combine astute asset management with a
passionate commitment to genuine and strategic stewardship of the environment.
We are committed to designing, building and managing innovative hotels that provide our guests
with authentic and comfortable accommodations that respect the natural environment and the
local communities in which we operate.
We engage and motivate our colleagues around the world to be our ambassadors in achieving
these goals, we work with suppliers to develop and provide innovative products and solutions, and
we strive to offer our guests unparalleled service in surroundings that reduce our impact on the
environment and positively contribute to the community.
*The term Hyatt refers to Hyatt Hotels & Resorts worldwide and the companies that manage,
operate, or franchise Hyatt Hotels & Resorts worldwide (whether branded Hyatt, Hyatt
Regency, Park Hyatt, Grand Hyatt, Andaz, Hyatt Place, or Hyatt Summerfield Suites),
namely Hyatt Corporation and its management subsidiaries and the direct and indirect
management subsidiaries of Hyatt International Corporation.
2. Design Philosophy:
As a global hospitality company and a citizen of the communities in which we operate, Hyatt views
the incorporation of sustainable practices into our design standards as both a business imperative
and as a responsibility. We strive to operate hotels that conserve natural resources, use materials
and resources wisely, and continue to adopt appropriate environmental standards throughout the
entire life cycle of a property. In emphasizing a design approach that guides our properties to
blend harmoniously & responsibly into their local context, reduce energy & water consumption,
minimize waste & harmful emissions, and make use of sustainable materials in their construction,
Hyatt stresses sustainable design as an integral component of its overall strategy.
Hyatt has adopted this Sustainable Design Criteria to be implemented in all our projects. However,
for certain projects and/or regions, some aspects of the criterion may not be advisable or readily
achievable. Therefore, the sustainable criteria items are categorized as Minimum Standard and
Recommended. The following are definitions for these terms:
30.2
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
All building activities shall promote the protection of the welfare, health, and safety of
the population.
All building activities shall have minimal ecological impact on the local environment.
All design activities shall seek to maximize energy efficiency, use recycled &
recyclable products, and minimize the production of waste, harmful emissions and
the use of non-sustainable resources.
30.3
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
o
o
Montreal Protocol
30.4
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Project Approach:
Design Process: MINIMUM STANDARD The implementation of sustainable concepts
begins with the design process. At the project inception, the project design team shall follow
guiding principles starting with the facilities area program to siting & orienting the structure(s)
to selection of all the systems, components, and materials. These guiding principles shall
draw from published materials and standards developed by recognized authorities including
but not limited to:
o
Building Systems: MINIMUM STANDARD All the building systems including the
Structure, Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning (HVAC), Electrical, and Plumbing shall
consider the latest innovations and practices available for the region in which the project is
located.
Sustainability Consultant: RECOMMENDED A Sustainability Consultant shall be
engaged as part of the design team. This consultant should be independent from the
architectural, interior design, and engineering consulting services in order to provide the
owner/developer and Hyatt with objective and independent recommendations and
interpretations. This consultants scope of services shall include becoming familiar with the
Hyatt Design Criteria, comparing Hyatts Criteria with the local regulatory requirements, and
determining the availability, appropriateness, & best practices for potential sustainable
concepts.
30.5
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
30.6
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Non-roof Heat Island Effect: MINIMUM STANDARD (One of the following is required as
a MINIMUM STANDARD. It is RECOMMENDED that as many as possible of these criteria
be integrated into the project)
1. Utilize a vegetative open paving grid (at least 50% pervious) for at least 10%
(minimum) of the total combined site hardscape.
2. Use a paving material with a minimum ASTM Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) of 29.
3. Based on the overall site non-roof impervious surface area, provide native and
adaptive vegetative shade planting (five year grow-in) for 40% of site area.
4. Locate 50% of parking underground.
5. In a parking structure, the top floor/roof level shall have a minimum SRI 29 exposed
surface.
Drinking Water Protection: RECOMMENDED - Locate a project on a site that is NOT in a
Drinking Water Protected Zone or other groundwater recharge area.
Protect Open Areas: RECOMMENDED Limit the site disturbance to 40 (12 m) beyond
building perimeter; 10 (3 m) beyond walkways, patios, and surface parking; 15 (5 m) beyond
roadways and utility trenches; 25 (8 m) beyond any pervious areas that require additional
staging.
Brownfield Sites existing site cleanup: RECOMMENDED Locate a project on a
previously developed site instead of a Greenfield Site where no previous disturbance or
development has taken place. When redeveloping the site, take measures to help create a
safe and healthy environment for our guests and employees.
Development Density: RECOMMENDED - Construct the hotel in close proximity to existing
community services (i.e. banks, places of worship, convenience groceries, day care, beauty
salon, laundry services, medical/dental, fitness centers, theaters, retail, & community
centers) and municipal infrastructure (i.e. sanitary sewer, domestic water, electrical, &
roadways.) (Reference source United States Green Building Council's (USGBC LEED))
Public Transportation Access: RECOMMENDED - Locate a project when possible within
walking distance (1/4 mile (400 m)) to public transportation including buses, rail, and airports.
Maximize Vegetated Open Areas: RECOMMENDED Provide vegetated - open area
equal to 20% of the project site area. The area calculation may include vegetated roof areas
if the roof planting meets the definition of native/adaptive planting.
Rainwater Harvesting Design (Quantity): RECOMMENDED Collect at least 20% of all
roof and/or parking area runoff and store the water to be used for site irrigation or other
approved uses.
30.7
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
30.8
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Glass Recyclables
area
20 ft
(2 m2)
50 ft
(4.5 m2)
75 ft
Plastic Recyclables
area
25 ft2
(2.5 m2)
50 ft2
(4.5
m2)
75 ft2
60 ft2
(5.5 m2)
90 ft2
m2)
(8
120 ft2
m2)
20 ft2
(2 m2)
40 ft2
m2)
(4
60 ft2
Aluminum Can
Recyclables area
with crusher
Miscellaneous
Holding area for
FFE, Construction,
and Universal
Recyclables
25 ft2
(2.5 m2)
50 ft2
(4.5 m2)
30.9
75 ft2
m2)
2
m)
m)
2
m)
R > 500
(7
90 ft
(8 m2)
See note
below
(7
90 ft2
(8 m2)
(12
150 ft2
(14 m2)
See note
below
See note
below
(6
75 ft2
(7 m2)
See note
below
(7
90 ft2
(8 m2)
See note
below
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Hotels greater than 500 keys For hotels greater than 500 keys, Hyatt shall provide
the design team with a preliminary area program that defines the requirements. These
spaces will be based on the location and the type of hotel being planned.
o
30.10
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Regional Materials - Specify building materials and products that are extracted,
manufactured or assembled into building product components from within 500 miles
(800 Km) of the project site, thereby supporting the regional economy and reducing the
environmental impacts resulting from overseas transportation. Additionally, make efforts to
hire a local labor force that resides within 500 miles (800 Km) of the project site. Percentage
shall be calculated by dividing the cost of the regionally obtained materials, plus the labor
30.11
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
costs for those that reside regionally, by the value of all building materials and products
associated with Construction.
o Use Materials totaling 30%: MINIMUM STANDARD 30% of the installed building
materials and products are extracted, manufactured, or assembled, as well as the labor
that resides within 500 miles (800 Km).
o Use Materials totaling 50%: RECOMMENDED 50% of the installed building materials
and products are extracted and manufactured, or assembled, as well as the labor that
resides within 500 miles (800 Km).
Construction Waste Management: Divert construction demolition and land clearing debris
from landfill disposal. Recycle land clearing debris, cardboard, metal, brick, concrete, plastic,
wood, glass, gypsum board, carpet and insulation. Designate a specific area on the
construction site for recycling and track recycling efforts throughout the construction process
(video tape and/or photographic records along with written logs).
o Divert 50% from Landfills: MINIMUM STANDARD Recycle 50%.
Building Reuse: Extend the life cycle of existing building stock, conserve resources, retain
cultural resources, reduce waste, and reduce environmental impacts of new buildings as they
relate to the materials manufacturing and transportation. This criterion excludes windows
assemblies and nonstructural roofing materials.
o
Resource Reuse 5%: MINIMUM STANDARD for Renovation Only Use salvaged,
refurbished, or reused materials, products and furnishings for at least 5% of the value of
building materials. Consider salvage materials such as beams, posts, flooring, paneling,
doors, frames, cabinetry, furniture, brick, etc
30.12
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
o
o
o
Maintain 75% of existing Walls, Floors and Roof: RECOMMENDED Integrate 75%
of the existing walls, floors, and roof into the design and execution of the project.
Maintain 100% of existing Walls, Floors and Roof: RECOMMENDED Integrate
100% of the existing walls, floors, and roof into the design and execution of the project.
Maintain 100% of Shell/Structure and 50% of Non-Shell/Non-Structure:
RECOMMENDED Extend the life cycle of existing building stock, conserve resources,
retain cultural resources, reduce waste and reduce environmental impacts of new
buildings as they relate to the materials manufacturing and transportation. This criterion
excludes windows assemblies and nonstructural roofing materials and should include
reuse of 50% of the interior walls, doors, plumbing lines, HVAC ducts, ceilings and
lighting.
Construction material Selection (Wood Usage Reduction): RECOMMENDED Use nonwood construction methods to create more durable buildings. Reduce the impact to the
environment resulting from extraction and processing of new virgin material.
Rapidly Renewable Materials 5%: RECOMMENDED Reduce the depletion of finite raw
materials and long-cycle renewable materials by replacing them with rapidly renewable
materials. Use rapidly renewable building materials and products (made from plants that are
typically harvested within a ten-year cycle or shorter) for 5% of the total value of all building
materials and products used in the project. Some examples of such materials include
bamboo, wool, straw board, cotton insulation, poplar Oriented Strand Board, Sunflower seed
board, wheat board cabinets and others.
30.13
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Minimum Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Performance: MINIMUM STANDARD - All Hyatt Hotels
are to be tobacco smoke-free environments.
If not advisable due to location or cultural expectations, provisions must be made to
mechanically satisfy the required air quality by separating and exhausting smoking areas
(holding them at a negative air pressure to surrounding areas) or providing an alternative to
indoor smoking accommodations for guests and staff. For these properties, provide a
Building Automation System (BAS) that shall alarm when differential pressure conditions
between smoking and non - smoking areas are less than the established parameters.
Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control: MINIMUM STANDARD Evaluate the
propertys exhausted areas and HVAC systems filtration media to identify chemical and
pollutant sources.
Recognize exhaust requirements for all areas during the space planning design phase.
Areas of note shall include chemical rooms, maintenance / engineering shops, copier rooms,
recycling / trash rooms, mechanical rooms, and kitchen areas.
Provide HVAC filtration that ensures indoor air quality to ASHRAE 62.1 2004 standards. In
other specific project regions, consideration shall be given to other appropriate methods such
as mist stops in sub-tropical areas, Ultraviolet (UV) light to kill fungi, and high efficiency filters
(MERV 13) on permanent HVAC units.
Hotel Guestrooms Users: Provide individual lighting controls in all guestrooms. These
controls shall allow the guest to adjust the quantity of fixtures illuminated and (as
designed) their intensity. There shall be a master disconnect device at the entry. In
30.14
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
addition to the general lighting, task lighting with individual controls shall be provided in
the work, relaxation, and sleeping zones of the guestroom. In properties that implement
a lighting control system integrated into the energy management system, the lighting
shall have dual occupancy sensors to prevent false readings.
Meeting Space Users: Provide individual lighting controls in each meeting space
including ballrooms, meeting rooms, banquet rooms, conference rooms, business
centers, boardrooms, and Residences. Each subdivision is to be zoned separately with
local control and master controls. For those meeting spaces that have sound and light
booths, these controls shall be remotely controlled from these booth areas. These
controls shall allow meeting facility users to adjust the quantity of fixtures and light
levels, such as dimming of lamps. These controls shall consist of preset dimmers
providing at least four scenes. In properties that integrate the lighting control system into
the energy management system, the lighting shall have dual occupancy sensors to
prevent false readings.
Food and Beverage Users: In all Food and Beverage areas including restaurants, bar,
and coffee shops, preset dimmers with at least four scenes and lockout shall be
provided. In the general dining area, these dimmers shall not be readily accessible to the
general public but shall be for control by the venues management. In special individual
dining rooms, the user control shall follow the requirements of meeting space users.
BOH Users: In the back of house, the lighting control systems shall be zoned into work
areas and shall have a control sequence based on usage.
Lighting that serves general use 24-hour activity areas shall be controlled
centrally.
Areas that have fixed operational schedules such as engineering shops and
kitchens shall be controlled at the primary use zone using a time clock system
and motion detectors.
Areas that are accessed infrequently such as storage and housekeeping rooms,
the lighting in this room shall be controlled with motion detecting sensors.
Areas where there are numerous users performing individual tasks such as open
cubicles in administration, task lighting shall be provided with individual controls
and dimming to provide users with personalized lighting controls.
30.15
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Meeting Space Users: Provide individual digital programmable thermostats in the actual
meeting spaces including ballrooms, meeting rooms, banquet rooms, conference rooms,
business center, boardrooms, and Residences. Each subdivision is to be zoned
separately. These thermostats shall allow the meeting facility users to control their
thermal comfort to meet individual preferences and task needs as defined in ASHRAE
55-2004. The thermostats shall be located adjacent to the lighting control panels for
each subdivision room; locate temperature sensors as required for accurate reading of
room conditions. In properties that implement an integrated energy management
system, the system shall have dual occupancy sensors to prevent false readings.
Food and Beverage Users: In all Food and Beverage areas including restaurants, bar,
and coffee shops individual digital programmable thermostats in the actual space shall
be provided. In the general dining area, these thermostats shall not be readily accessible
by the general public but are for control by the venues management. In special
individual dining rooms, the user control shall follow the requirements of meeting space
users allowing users to control their thermal comfort to meet individual preferences and
task needs as defined in ASHRAE 55-2004. The thermostats shall be located adjacent
to the lighting control panels for each subdivision room; locate temperature sensors as
required for accurate reading of room conditions.
BOH Users: In the back of house, the thermal comfort control systems shall be zoned
into work areas and have a control sequence based on usage. In general use areas
where there is 24-hour activity, these spaces shall be controlled remotely by the Building
Management System to reduce nuisance temperature swings created by a few
occupants. In areas that have an operational fixed schedule such as engineering shops
and kitchens, these spaces shall be equipped with individual digital programmable
thermostats in the actual spaces. For office and shared space, Variable Air Volume
(VAV) boxes shall be provided to serve single office spaces with a localized temperature
control.
Thermal Comfort, Design: MINIMUM STANDARD Design and install HVAC to the
ASHRAE Standard 55-2004 Thermal Comfort Conditions for Human Occupancy standards.
This criterion is an interpretation of environmental conditions such as air temperature, radiant
temperature, humidity and air speed. It factors in personal items such as metabolic rates
and clothing levels.
Thermal Comfort, Verification: MINIMUM STANDARD Survey the building occupants 6
to 11 months after substantial completion. Ownership in conjunction with hotel management
shall ensure this survey is performed that obtains feedback from all user groups including
room guests, meeting facility users, and Hyatt associates. AHSRAE Standard 55-2004
Thermal Comfort Conditions for Human Occupancy supplies criteria to validate the survey. If
less than 80% of the occupants respond favorably to the anonymous survey, corrective
action must be taken. The timing for this survey shall coincide with the General Contractors
warranty period so that all corrective actions can be addressed as part of the GCs
contractual obligations.
30.16
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Acoustical Quality: MINIMUM STANDARD Design and verify that the background sound
levels, reverberation decay times, speech intelligibility, and sound isolation meet the
established industry standards for each occupied space. HVAC, vibration isolation, surface
finishes, floor and ceiling finishes and intermittent noise sources shall be identified to mitigate
noise sources.
Daylight & Views - Utilize design and planning techniques that include building orientation,
increased building perimeter, specialized glazing and advanced controls to provide the
maximum amount of natural light into the regularly occupied spaces.
o
o
30.17
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Water Efficiency:
Wastewater Reduction: MINIMUM STANDARD Reduce the potable water used in the
building for sewage conveyance by 50% of the 1992 US Energy Policy Act (EPA) baseline.
There are several methods to achieve this standard. Some examples include:
o
o
o
Use low-flow toilets and urinals, showerhead with restrictors, and sinks with low-flow
faucets.
Use of non-potable water shall be evaluated and implemented where possible.
Examples of these methods include use of captured rainwater, recycled grey water, and
on-site or municipally treated wastewater to meet the required 50% reduction.
Treatment of 50% blackwater on-site to tertiary standards. This treated water must be
infiltrated or used on the site.
Domestic Water
consumption.
o
Efficiency:
Provide
approaches
to
reduce
non-irrigation
water
Water Use Reduction 20%: MINIMUM STANDARD Reduce the water use,
excluding irrigation, of a property by 20% from baseline established by the 1992 National
Energy Policy Act. The calculations are based on estimated occupant (all user groups)
usage and shall include only the following fixtures: water closets, urinals, lavatory
faucets, showers and kitchen sinks. This requirement is achieved by implementing the
use of low-flow fixtures. The baseline standard shall use the following for all areas of a
hotel including Public Areas, Back of House, and Guestrooms/Suites:
Toilets
Urinals
Wash Basins non-food service areas
Wash Basins food service areas
Showers
Public Area faucets and flush valves equipped with automatic sensors can further be
utilized to help with this process. Consideration shall be given to storm water and grey
water for non-potable applications, such as toilet and urinal flushing and custodial uses.
o
30.18
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Toilets
Urinals
Wash Basins non-food service
areas
Wash Basins food service areas
Showers
Public area faucets and flush valves equipped with automatic sensors can further be
utilized to help with this process. Consideration should be given to storm water and grey
water for non-potable applications, such as toilet and urinal flushing and custodial uses.
Landscaping Water Efficiency- Develop and provide a landscaping design that allows the
reduction or elimination of irrigation water for the vegetative areas on the hotel property.
o
o
o
30.19
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Energy Performance
Minimum Energy Performance: MINIMUM STANDARD Establish a minimum level of
energy efficiency for the building and systems. The design must comply with the mandatory
provisions of ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1 2004 in Section 5.4, 6.4, 7.4, 8.4, 9.4 and
10.4 and the prescriptive requirements in Sections 5.5, 6.5, 7.5 and 9.5. Alternatively to the
prescriptive requirements, the performance requirements of the same Standard addressed in
Section 11 may be met.
Scope of requirements addressed by ASHRAE 90.1 2004: Energy Standard for Buildings
Except Low-Rise Residential is as follows:
Section 5: Building Envelope.
Section 6: Heating, Ventilation and Air-conditioning (including parking garage ventilation,
freeze protection, exhaust air energy recovery and condenser heat recovery for
service water heating).
Section 7: Service water heating (including swimming pools).
Section 8: Power (including all building power distribution systems.
30.20
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Section 9: Lighting (including lighting for exit signs, building exterior, grounds and parking
garage).
Section 10: Other equipment (including all permanently wired electrical motors).
Energy Performance Optimization: MINIMUM STANDARD Ensure that the buildings
energy performance will exceed the established baseline by a minimum of 15%. Provide a
whole building Energy Simulation using the Building Performance Rating Method included in
Appendix G of ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1 2004, which includes the comparison of the
building design against a baseline building that complies with Appendix G. Some of the
fundamental strategies that can improve energy performance are reducing demand,
harvesting free energy, increasing efficiency and recovering waste energy.
Measurement & Verification: MINIMUM STANDARD Develop a Measurement and
Verification plan that evaluates the buildings energy systems performance, for a minimum of
the first year of buildings operation after the completion of its construction. International
Performance Measurement & Verification Protocol (IPMVP) Volume III: Concepts and
Options for Determining Energy Saving in New Construction, April 2003, to be used for this
purpose. The plan shall be consistent with Option D of IPMVP (Whole Building Calibrated
Simulation, Savings Estimation). Compare the actual energy use of the building and its
systems with the performance predicted by a calibrated computer model. Calibrate by
adjusting the as-built simulation to reflect the actual operating conditions and parameters.
Install the necessary metering devices to measure energy use, track the performance of
estimated compared to actual performance by component or system to evaluate the energy
efficiency. (Reference source United States Green Building Council's (USGBC) LEED)
Refrigerant Management
On Site Renewable Energy: MINIMUM STANDARD Explore the feasibility of using onsite renewable energy, rather than nonrenewable energy, in order to reduce environmental
30.21
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
and economic impacts of fossil fuel energy use. Target 5-15% of building energy cost to be
offset by the use of on-site renewable energy.
Some of the applicable on-site renewable energy systems include: photovoltaic systems,
solar thermal system, wind power, bio-fuel based electrical system, geothermal heating
systems, geothermal electric systems, low-impact hydro electric power systems, wave and
tidal power systems. Calculations for energy cost supplied by the renewable energy systems
to be as per the proposed building performance determined in accordance with Appendix G
of ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1 2004.
30.22
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
Project Name:
Project Location:
City
State
Country
Project Type:
Undetermined
Program
NOT Included
Included
Comments
PROJECT APPROACH
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
Design Process
Building Systems
Sustainability Consultant
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
Recommended
30.23
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
WATER EFFICIENCY
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
Recommended
Wastewater Reduction
Domestic Water Efficiency
Water Use Reduction - 20%
Water Use Reduction - 30%
Landscaping Water Efficiency
Reduce Irrigated Areas by 50%
Irrigation Concepts
No Irrigation
No Potable Water Use
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
MINIMUM Standard
Recommended
Note: Please insert numeral "1" for the corresponding cell from the fields labeled as "Included," "Not Included" and "Undertemined" for each line item.
30.24
Operational Concept
The Mechanical Systems consist of heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning systems
(HVAC). The design and operation of these systems must minimally provide a safe and
comfortable environment for all building occupants, while conserving energy and
minimizing operating costs.
Sustainable Design
In combination with the separate Hyatt publication, Sustainable Design Criteria,
regionally available sustainable design concepts are to be considered throughout the
design of the building systems for the project. As practical, the latest innovations that
reduce: energy use, water consumption, waste generation, and harmful emissions into
the environment are to be evaluated.
All consultants are expected to collaborate and contribute in creating an optimized
design that embraces efficiency and sustainability.
31
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Ventilation Rates
Indoor air quality must comply with the following Minimum Ventilation Standards, or the
current issue of ASHRAE Standard 62.1 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Quality, if
more stringent.
See Attachment: Minimum Ventilation Standards
Ventilation rates and additional or supplementary ventilation must be adequate to
prevent accumulation of heat or build up of contaminants, odors, or fumes.
In all public and guestroom areas where tobacco smoking is allowed, separate, isolated
air handler(s) shall be provided which serve only those areas. No recirculation of supply
air from smoking to non-smoking areas is permitted. In addition, electro-static filters or
similar devices to remove smoke odor are to be incorporated into the return air duct
system of the air handlers serving areas where smoking is permitted.
The system design and equipment specification should seek to improve HVAC efficiency
without reducing indoor air quality in order to minimize energy consumption. (E.g. heat
recovery systems, CO2 sensors, volatile organic compound sensors, variable speed
motors and pumps).
Ionization or electro-static filter system is also recommended to maintain or further
improve the IAQ of a space. Uses of these systems are subject to Hyatt's approval of
products use and systems design.
Air Transfer
The design engineer shall evaluate the transfer of air from one space to another,
provided the contaminant levels of the air being transfered is suitable for this purpose.
Areas normally suitable for air transfer are typically adjacent and similar in use or
function.
32
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Room Pressurization
Mechanical supply, exhaust and transfer air needs to be provided for areas to be
maintained in positive or negative pressure with respect to their adjacent spaces as
indicated in the following.
See Attachment: Minimum Standards for Room Pressurization
Zoning
Zoning arrangement, control and division of the air-conditioning and air handling plant
into various subsystems shall take into consideration:
Duct Velocities
Duct velocities must be within the following ranges to ensure acceptable noise levels.
33
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Fan outlets:
Main duct:
Branch ducts:
Risers:
Guestroom Risers:
Piping Systems
Piping for required flow rates must be sized to avoid excessive fluid velocities resulting in
noise, high-pressure drop, and increased energy consumption. The design of piping
systems should also take full advantage of load diversities.
Minimum Installation Parameters
- Fluid velocity shall not exceed 1.2 m/sec. in pipes 50 mm or smaller. For size
above 50 mm 2 m/sec maximum velocity for occupied areas and 3.0 m/sec for
unoccupied areas.
- Provide balancing valves in the return of major sub circuits serving different areas
or different functions.
- Automatic air vents to be installed at all high points in the system.
- All vertical risers to have automatic air vents at the top, isolation valves at top and
bottom, and a dirt leg with 10 mm drain connection.
- Piping shall not be routed through electrical equipment rooms and shall be
adequately located away from all electrical equipment, in compliance with NFPA
requirements.
It is highly recommended that the soil and waste risers are combined to minimize space
and cost unless a grey water collection system is utilized, and the local codes do not
permit otherwise. If larger service shafts are required, prior written approval from
H.I.T.S. is required. An access panel for each shaft shall be provided on each guestroom
floor, and measure a minimum of 60 cm wide x 100 cm high. The preferred location for
the access panels is the guestroom corridor wall.
34
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Energy Conservation
Energy conservation techniques and energy efficient equipment must be incorporated
into the design wherever possible including:
100% outside air economizer cycles
Enthalpy Control of economizer
Secondary/transfer use of air to ventilate and condition such areas as garages, plant
rooms and storage.
Heat recovery from major AHUs at exhaust air streams.
Heat recovery from chillers for domestic hot water pre-heating.
Heat recovery from boilers for pre-heating make-up water or domestic hot water.
Cooling tower economizer cycle.
Improved filtration and microbial control of supply air and within ductwork systems.
Variable fresh air supply related to occupancy (e.g. Ballroom).
Water treatment to reduce cooling tower water make-up requirements, preferably with
minimal chemical agents.
Spot cooling in kitchens and laundry.
Desiccant dehumidifiers.
Air or ground source heat pump.
Variable frequency drives for all 3- phase motorized equipment.
Variable speed kitchen hood exhaust.
Occupancy sensors tied to guestroom fan coil units.
Advanced evaluation methods should be used to determine the economic efficiency of
the energy conservation investment. Appropriately used, these can result in substantial
energy conservation, reduction of equipment investment cost and subsequent operating
costs.
Refer to the Sustainable Design chapter for additional initiatives.
Heating
Equipment and Component Selection
Careful analysis is necessary to select a heating system that is effective and both
environmentally and cost efficient. Effectiveness is determined by the ability of the
system to meet the heating needs of the building and to create a comfortable
environment for the building occupants. Costs associated with the system must be
estimated over the life cycle of the equipment.
Hot water, as opposed to steam or electricity, is recommended as the medium for
heat transport.
In air-conditioned spaces, the heating systems shall be selected and sized to operate
in conjunction with the air-conditioning system.
Heating units in non-air conditioned spaces to be designed to handle the entire
heating load.
In areas with winter outside design conditions below 5C., all perimeter glass areas,
unless protected by a dedicated zone of the air-conditioning system containing a
reheat coil, must be provided with a separate under floor/baseboard heating system
located below the window to offset cold drafts.
35
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
In guest bathrooms, hot water or electric under floor type heaters or towel warmers
may be provided depending on the severity of the climate and location of the
bathroom with respect to exterior walls and windows. In some countries, the towel
warmer may be used to compensate for part or total heat loss. Both units to be
equipped with separate thermostatic controls inter-locked with the guestroom
temperature controller.
Boiler Plant
Boiler Selection/Sizing
The selection of boilers for the hotel shall be determined by load and pressure
requirements, and by local codes and regulations, which may restrict capacity,
pressure or any combination thereof. Steam boilers minimally require an operating
pressure of 8.5 bar to meet laundry high-pressure steam requirements.
Provide a minimum of two individual units, each sized to provide approximately 2/3 of
the peak load, except in locations where heating degree-day units exceed 2,000+
(centigrade) annually or where service parts and maintenance are not reliable. In
such locations the minimum selection shall be three units, each sized for fifty percent
of peak load unless otherwise as required by local code. This variable capacity
permits one unit to be removed from service for cleaning and maintenance without
seriously impairing the operation of the hotel.
Steam Usage
Steam boilers are minimally required for full sized laundry/valet services. In instances
where a limited quantity of steam consuming equipment is used, a small steam
generator is the preferred configuration.
See Attachment: Minimum Standards - Steam Pressure Requirements
Boiler Design
Boiler construction, efficiency, safety equipment and emission levels must minimally
meet current ASME codes or local prevailing codes, whichever is demonstrably the
greater.
36
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
All boilers must minimally be of an all welded construction design, packaged, fire
tube, Scotch Marine type, four pass, and furnished with guaranteed efficiency not less
than 90% at 100% of rated input.
Combustion controls shall minimally be state-of-the-art, fully automatic, electronically
programmed and self-diagnostic. The control system shall minimally include pre
ignition purge cycle, ignition control, low and high fire control, fully automatic
combustion and fuel to air ratio to achieve highest accuracy and efficiency of
combustion. Flame out shut down, sequence cueing lights, annunciation with audible
fault alarms and automatic shut down are also required.
The boiler shall be skid mounted and ready to connect.
Condensing boilers shall be considered where applicable, for high efficiency and low
environmental impact.
37
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Alarm Devices
- Antipollution devices and alarms shall minimally include: smoke intensity
indicators, oxygen analyzers, and strip chart recorders to monitor smoke intensity,
C02 and NOx content, and stack temperature. An alarm system, both local and
linked to the BAS, shall alert the operator when preset levels are being exceeded.
Condensate Pump Sets
- Condensate pump sets shall be packaged type duplex pumps with receiver.
Pumps shall automatically alternate every 24 hours.
Combustion Air
- Ventilation and combustion air to be provided for each boiler, supplied by a
separate duct and fan for each boiler.
Safety Valve System
- A minimum of two safety valves from each boiler shall be piped into a common
manifold, vented to the exterior of the building and sited to ensure harmless
discharge at full boiler plant capacity. The manifold and vent shall be fabricated of
standard Schedule 40 pipe sized for 150% of combined boiler capacity.
Fuel Storage
- Unless restricted by local code, a minimum storage of ten (10) days consumption
at peak load rate is required for fossil fuelled boilers. In areas where gas fuelled
boilers are used and gas supply may be subject to interruption, dual fuelled
boilers must be used and a minimum storage of alternative fuel equaling seven (7)
days consumption is also required.
- Fuel oil storage tanks must be constructed of double wall steel or double wall
fiberglass with all required openings, access manhole, electronic and visual
contents gauges with low-level alarm.
- All tanks shall be anchored with ballast not less than 125% of maximum flotation.
- All fuel storage facilities shall be below grade, remote from all structures and
street traffic. Provide adequately sized access routes for refueling.
- Provide fuel leak spill monitoring and containment of fuel leaks.
- Provide an automatic shut-off valve between the main diesel storage tank and day
tank interfaced to the fire alarm system to shut off the fuel line in the event of fire.
- Provide safety shut-off valves on the supply pipes of both main tank(s) and the
day tank(s).
Chemical Treatment
- Minimum of two (2) chemical feed systems. One is for direct feeding of chemicals
into each boiler, and one for direct feeding of chemicals into the storage section of
the deaerator. Each system shall be provided with tank and pumps, dual pumps
for boiler feed, and simplex pump for deaerator feed. Provide a minimum of three
(3) months initial supply of all chemicals.
Metering
- Provide at all boilers statistical, direct reading, non-resettable meters connected to
the BAS, for the measuring and recording of the combined steam and/or hot water
output on a 24-hour chart.
- Locate meters to record consumption at major users and areas within the hotel,
(i.e. space heating, domestic hot water heat exchangers).
- Provide fuel metering on the fuel line of each boiler; connect to BAS
- Provide make-up water metering at the common water make-up line; connect to
the BAS.
38
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Chimney
Chimneys for boilers (hot water and steam generating units) must be adequately sized to
handle the total simultaneous flue gas output of the boilers and other fuel fired
equipment at correct velocities.
Location
Immediately adjacent to the boiler installation to minimize length of breaching.
Must terminate away from and avoid cross contamination or short-circuiting with
outside air intakes, air-cooled chillers, cooling towers, and adjacent structures.
Construction
To be minimally enclosed within a two-hour, fire resistive structure, when within the
building envelope.
A naturally ventilated annular space, to prevent heat build-up or undue heat transfer
into interior spaces, shall be provided between the chimney and shaft walls. Openings
shall be provided at the annular space to promote natural, convective cooling.
Chimney may also be pre-fabricated, double-wall stainless steel. Such chimney shall,
if imported, conform to all governing codes in the country of origin, as well as local
code. A naturally ventilated annular space shall be provided.
Chimneys may also be constructed of heavy steel welded plate with a minimum 6 mm
wall thickness or greater if conditions warrant, insulated with 100 mm of hydrous
calcium silicate blocks supported by pins welded on the exterior of the chimney and
tied with stainless bands. Such a steel stack must also be self-supporting with a
naturally ventilated air space large enough for repairs. Pre-fabricated stacks of the
factory built jacketed refractory type are acceptable when installed with annular
space, and under strict assembly and installation methods of the manufacturer.
When chimneys penetrate sleeping floors of a hotel situated in a seismic zone, a
seismic switch shall be provided and set to shut down all boilers at pre-set seismic
values. The seismic device shall be calibrated, sealed by the manufacturer, and
installed in strict accord with their instructions.
39
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Guestroom Air-Conditioning
All Guestrooms shall be designed for individual temperature control.
System design and equipment
- Guestroom air-conditioning units shall be fan coil type, horizontally mounted
above the false ceiling. Typical placement is above entry or bathroom areas.
- For energy savings, thermostats shall automatically reset to 26C for cooling and
20C for heating when guest leaves the room. Refer to Fan Coil Unit (FCU)
section for more preset schedules. Variable speed fans shall also be considered
for energy efficiency.
- The supply grille shall be double deflection type linear diffuser or bar grille with
outside bars elevated and adjusted to a 15 up angle above horizontal, and
vertical rear bars that are adjustable. Finish to be selected by the Interior
Designer.
- Return air grille to be located in the ceiling of the entry vestibule.
- Return air grille should be separate from the access panel to the FCU.
- In climates with winter design temperatures of 15C or lower, an additional
radiant or convection type heat source shall be provided under the window with
interlock to the FCU through the room thermostat.
- In locations where the daily changeover from heating to cooling occurs in excess
of 10 days per year, a 4-pipe fan coil unit installation with dual coil /dual control
valves is minimally required.
- In locations where the daily changeover occurs less than 10 days per year, a
zoned 2-pipe installation is acceptable.
40
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Zoning shall allow simultaneous heating and cooling of different areas within the
building as needed.
- An electric reheat coil, of the low surface temperature type, shall be provided at
FCUS for humidity control where primary air is not viable and the outdoor relative
humidity level is 60% or higher.
In areas where absorption type refrigeration machines are selected, fan coil units
shall be connected to the emergency power plant.
Primary Air Supply
- The fan coil unit systems must be combined with an independent primary air
system also known as a Dedicated Outdoor Air System (DOAS), to bring pretreated outdoor air into the guestroom at the minimum rate of 100 m/hr. Suites
require higher fresh airflow rates and must be adjusted as a percentage of the
actual guestroom area (E.g. A three-bay suite would receive three times the
amount of fresh air as a single-bay guestroom, i.e. 300 m3 / hr).
- The combined air-conditioning system shall provide conditioned air to the room in
accordance with the following:
Cool
Dehumidify
Heat
Humidify
PAU/DOAS
FCU
- Primary Air Unit (PAU) and Fan Coil Unit (FCU) system piping shall be
independent of each other to achieve maximum comfort conditions during all
seasons.
- All penetrations/openings through the corridor wall to the interior of the guestroom
shall be fire protected, smoke protected and acoustically treated in accordance to
H.I.T.S. Design Recommendation and Minimum Standards.
- Primary air shall feed all guestroom FCUs through the service shaft. All primary
air supply to guestrooms shall be fully ducted to provide treated fresh air at a rate
in excess of the exhausted air volume to ensure positive pressure in the
guestroom. (E.g. At a supply air rate of 100 m/hr the typical exhaust air rate
would be of 85 m/hr). Primary air duct to terminate at FCU supply grille/register.
Exhaust System
- Make up air for bathroom exhaust system shall be transferred from the
guestroom by means of a 12 mm undercut of the bathroom door. Bathroom door
grilles are not accepted.
- Exhaust air grille shall be in accordance with interior design requirements and
there shall be at least two locations: one above the WC cubicle, the other above
the shower.
41
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Chiller Plant
Central Plant
Central refrigeration plant for air-conditioning shall be of the chilled water type, supplying
the various air handling and fan coil units on a 24-hour per day basis, with months of
operation determined by local climate. Type selection, sizing, fuel selection and
examination of energy efficient systems and chillers must be provided by the consultant.
Chiller machine types
- To be considered are: open or hermetic centrifugal, and screw type.
Plant sizing
- Calculation of heating and cooling loads shall conform with the ASHRAE Cooling
and Heating Load Calculation Principles, latest edition.
Calculation of space cooling loads shall be based on full occupancy, full
utilization of lights, and other heat generating equipment.
In meeting rooms and ballrooms, in addition to the maximum demand lighting
load, consideration shall be given to temporary loads likely in the space such
as theatrical lighting, portable amplification equipment, etc.
- Quantity
In moderate climate properties, three chillers, each sized at 35% of the
building block cooling load are minimally required.
In tropical climate and resort properties, a minimum of three chillers shall be
required. Two shall be equally sized at 50% of the building block cooling load
and the third shall be sized at a capacity equal to 30% of the block cooling
load.
Efficiency: Equipment must meet or exceed the following at AHRI conditions:
Type
Refrigerant
Full Load
IPVL
R-134a
0.594-0.606 kW/ton
.358-0.362 kW/ton
R-134a
0.670-0.727 kW/ton
0.509-0.545 kW/ton
R-407c
9.6 EER
12.1 EER
- Low load and part load considerations are required. Internal cooling loads in
public areas or unusual winter solar load on a small portion of the building may
indicate the need for a small jockey chiller. Alternately, two of the chillers may be
equipped with variable speed control.
- Selection of chiller machine types and refrigerants shall be in accordance with
prevailing international protocol, in addition to local code requirements.
Refrigerants to be free of CFCs.
42
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
43
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Cooling Towers
Configuration
- Cooling towers shall be arranged in a multi-cell configuration, with one (1) cell for
each refrigeration machine, and piped so that each cell can be isolated and
operated independently.
- Cooling towers may either be induced-draft or forced-draft type, minimally
constructed of materials best suited for the ambient conditions and corrosiveness
of the condensing water.
- Shall be sized 30% more than the calculated maximum capacity.
- The design must, whenever possible, be based on complete and comprehensive
chemical analysis of samples taken from the actual water source at various times
of the year including wet and dry seasons.
- The design must provide easy cleaning of the entire condenser water drainage
system and all other components. To avoid biofilm and Legionella, piping and
other inaccessible warm areas must be minimized.
- Motors are to be positioned outside of the moisture laden paths.
Location
- Prevailing wind conditions must be taken into account in selecting a suitable site.
- Minimally avoid objectionable noise levels and staining of all structures from
discharge air.
- At a safe distance away from chimneys, automobile exhaust, air intakes, dust,
sand and other adverse elements.
Water Source and Quality
- If it is contemplated to obtain condensing water from wells on site, the
specifications of all equipment which will be affected, must be held in abeyance
until actual samples of the water can be tested and H.I.T.S. approval received. In
such cases, every effort shall be made to have these wells drilled before
completion of the engineering work. If this procedure proves impossible or
impractical, the specifying engineer shall make an assumption based on the best
information available, for bidding purposes only. Only at such time as water
samples have been obtained and evaluated with H.I.T.S. approval, can equipment
be released for manufacturing.
Water Treatment
- Special provisions for treatment of cooling tower water must be made to minimize
concentrations of corrosive elements, scale and biological fouling. The water
treatment system shall be designed to control scale, slime and algae for optimal
system efficiency and shall also be designed to reduce bacteria levels.
An automatic chemical dosing system for cooling tower water treatment shall
be provided. The system shall have adjustable dosing capacity with strip chart
recorder of maintained conductivity, and an alarm for suspended and
dissolved solids.
Two types of chemical dosage are required, a biocide to fight bacteria such as
Legionella, and a scale and corrosion inhibitor. Dosing of biocide will be made
44
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
periodically once or twice per week based on time clock, and the dosing of
inhibitor will be based on a flow meter installed on the bleed line.
Conductivity and a pH sensor must be installed on the condenser water, which
will trigger the bleeding of water through a solenoid valve when the measured
values of conductivity or pH rises above the pre set values.
In areas with water hardness level higher than 200 PPM CaCO3, softening of
cooling tower makeup water is required.
Where brackish water is in excess of 2000 PPM TDS, demineralization or use
of air-cooled condensers are to be considered.
Water treatment chemical shall also be introduced to the closed chilled water
loop as recommended to ensure the longevity of the system. A means for
dosing for this system shall be provided.
A water treatment program needs to be provided, include an initial three (3)
months supply of chemicals, with instructions for operating personnel, together
with periodic supervision.
Use of non-chemical or hybrid (partial/limited chemical) water treatment
systems requires prior approval by H.I.T.S.. H.I.T.S. does not recommend the
use of non-chemical methods for control of bacteria, biofilms and Legionella.
Winter Operation
- Where outside design conditions are below freezing, one (1) cell and all exposed
piping shall be heated and protected from freezing. Cooling tower cells where
used for winter operation must, in addition to the normal temperature control
thermostat, be equipped with a thermostat to interrupt the fan circuit when
entering air temperature is at 6C or lower and to divert water to pan at 3C.
Precautions for use of surface and subsurface water
- High capacity sand filters and traps shall be provided in installations using cooling
water from lakes, streams, wells and the sea.
Capacity
- Cooling tower capacity shall also include the load of any water-cooled kitchen
refrigeration system(s) or the like.
- Where water-cooled kitchen refrigeration units are connected to the cooling tower,
the tower and the refrigeration units and associated circulating pumps must
minimally be connected to the emergency generator.
HVAC-Equipment-Components/Materials
The following lists features and minimum standards.
45
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- To be installed on hanger rods anchored in the concrete slab with resilient rubber
at all contact points.
Chassis
- Thermally and acoustically insulated, and constructed from minimum 0.8 mm
galvanized steel with flanged edges.
Drain Pan
- Preferably stainless steel with self-extinguishing insulating material, extended
below valves with drain connectors.
Fans
- Blow through, double width, double inlet centrifugal fans, with molded reinforced
glass fiber or aluminum fan wheels housed in formed corrosion resistant sheet
metal scrolls; mounted directly on the motor shaft.
- Double fan wheels to be statically and dynamically balanced and resiliently
mounted at all contact points with housing.
Motor
- 3-speed (Off-Low-Medium-High) split capacitor type with thermal overload
protection as minimum.
- Variable speed drive motor and compatible controllers are recommended in lieu of
3-speed controllers.
- Permanently sealed, lubricated bearings.
- Quick disconnect motor leads.
Coils
- Chilled and hot water coils to be ARI certified
- Seamless copper tubing expanded into vertical aluminum plate fins, maximum
spacing of 4 fins/cm, rated for working pressure of 20 bar, tested at 30 bar;
installed with flushing harness.
- Chilled water coils shall be: minimum 3-pass, maximum 4-pass; heating coils:
maximum 2-pass.
- Factory installed piping package shall include control valve(s), shut off valves with
16 mm O.D., threaded connections and automatic air vents on each coil.
- Coil headers must be fixed to the FCU casing so that the coil will not buckle while
fixing external fittings to the header.
Controls
- Back of the House and other areas
To be equipped with quiet operating, two-way electric valve(s)
Digital room thermostat with LCD display and data transfer capability to the
BAS
Temperature-set point adjustments of 1C steps and a high and low range
limit control with at least 5C
3-speed (Off-Low-Medium-High) fan control button and a heat/cool selector
where required.
Auto/Manual control button
Balcony doors/windows to be equipped with micro switch to shut off the fan
coil unit when the door or window is opened.
- Guestroom
To be equipped with quiet operating, two-way electric valves.
Digital room thermostat with LCD display and data communication with the
room management system.
Temperature-set point adjustments of 1C steps and presets are as follows:
46
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Set Points
Room Condition
Fan Speed
Cool
Heat
24C
22C
Medium
26C
20C
Low
27C
18C
Low
Economy: No reservation
29C
16C
Low
47
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Drain Pan
Drain pans in coil and fan sections require factory applied foamed in place
insulation, free of formaldehyde and other toxins.
- Inspection Ports
Glazed inspection ports to be provided at cooling coil, steam humidifier and
filter sections.
Each section to be provided with a vapor tight electrical fixture, operated by an
external switch.
- Fans
Fans to be double width, double inlet, and non-overloading centrifugal type
with backward inclined blades connected to a common shaft.
Bearings to be self-aligning, pre-lubricated, sealed type rated for 100,000
hours. Should bearings require periodic lubrication, lubrication fittings must be
extended to the cabinets exterior.
Fan motor to be internally mounted in the fan section on an adjustable base.
Variable speed drives shall be used, as applicable.
Drives to be multiple matched V-belt, adjustable ratio type rated at 1.5 times
the motor wattage.
Drive pulley shall be adjustable and capable of providing required fan speed at
midpoint of the adjustment range.
Drive to be capable of delivering rated capacity with one belt broken.
Fan and motor to be mounted on a common base with a rubber in shear or
spring type vibration isolation.
Provide flexible fire-retardant, pressure-tight connection on fan discharge.
When fresh air intake connects directly to the outside, fixed louvers and bird
screens to precede the automatic/manual dampers.
- Dampers
Damper rods shall be mounted in nylon or Teflon bearings and arranged for
automatic operation. Maximum permissible leakage in closed position is 5%.
- Filters
Filter sections for panel filters or pre filters to be equipped with slide rails or lift
out 60 x 60 frames.
- External Drives
Externally mounted drives to be equipped with expanded metal belt guard with
tachometer openings.
- Access Doors
Doors shall be provided in each serviceable compartment.
Pan type set in a raised frame, inner surface flush with the inside wall.
Door and frame to be insulated.
Door to be secured to the frame by hand grip latches and shall be provided
with lift handles or hinges.
Shall be gasketed, double skin with hinges and two quick opening handles.
Water Coils
Design
- Water coils for both heating and cooling to be of the continuous tube type
expanded into full collars of vertical plate type finned surfaces.
- Tubes shall be 16 mm O.D. seamless copper with aluminum fins. Fin spacing
shall be 2.5 mm maximum.
- Where air quality is corrosive, copper fins, solder coated and bonded, to be used.
48
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Coils to be designed for a maximum working pressure of 20 bar and 100C, proof
tested at 35 bar and leak tested at 13 bar of air pressure underwater.
- Casings to be galvanized steel. Headers to be grey cast iron or copper.
- Coils to be selected for maximum air velocity of 2.5 m/sec. (cooling) and 4 m/sec.
(heating). Maximum fluid velocities are 2.75 m/sec. preheat and 3.5 m/sec. for
cooling.
Capacities
- Coil capacities, pressure drops and selection procedures shall be in accordance
with ARI standard procedures or equal.
Coil Depth
- Maximum chilled water coil depth shall not exceed 6 staggered rows. Where
deeper coils are required, they shall be selected in multiples of 4 rows with 60 cm
minimum space provided between coils, and installed in a primary and secondary
arrangement.
Ventilation Fans
Centrifugal Fans
- Centrifugal type fan units to be complete with motors and drives mounted on
adjustable bases or slide rails.
- Units to be quiet operating, tested and rated in accordance with AMCA Standards
or equal, and bear their Certified Rating Program Seal.
Housing
- Housings are to be of airtight construction using lock seam or continuous welded
joint construction.
- Extended inlet collars to be provided for uninterrupted duct connection.
- Discharge collar to be equipped with removable angles and bolts for attaching
flexible connections.
Fan Wheels
- Fan wheels to be of non-power overloading type with backward inclined blades.
- Continuously welded to inlet rim and hub plate.
- Wheels are to be statically and dynamically balanced, accurately aligned, and
keyed to the shaft.
Fan Shafts
- Fan shafts to be solid, hot rolled steel accurately turned, ground and polished, and
designed to prevent deflections and oscillations.
Bearings
- Shall be heavy duty and grease lubricated.
- Shall be selected for minimum average life in excess of 100,000 operating hours
at maximum catalogue operating conditions.
- If lubrication is required, lubrication fittings must be extended to the cabinets
exterior.
Smoke Exhaust Fans
- Exhaust fans designed for smoke evacuation and cooking hoods shall be motor
and belt driven to have a single inlet, mounted on two ball bearings in pillow
blocks. Pillow blocks to be mounted outside of air stream.
- Each fan to have vibration collar of woven asbestos free fabric and a bird screen.
49
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Filters
Selection
- Filters for ventilation air cleaning co me in a wide variety of forms, mate rials and
efficiencies. The selection must consider required air quality, initial in
vestment,
maintenance costs, space requirements and availability.
- The selectio n of filters for various t ypes of syst ems to include, in addition to the
above factors, an evaluation of at mospheric conditions as they relate to the
operating characteristics of air cleaners, namely efficie ncy, airflow resistance, life
or dust holding capacity.
- Preference shall be given to loca lly manufact ured quality filters prov ided they
meet the following requirements. Filter types to be consider ed for the various air
handling systems are:
Central Air-Conditioning
- MERV 10 automatic roll type with renewable media.
- MERV 13 high efficiency dry, extended surface cartridge.
- MERV 10 viscous impingement glass fiber disposable type.
- MERV 10 viscous impingement, washable 25 mm thick.
50
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Heaters
Convectors
Heating elements
- To be finned tube type, either with copper or aluminum fins, in public areas.
- Steel pipe with steel fins where concealed is acceptable in dry public spaces. In
service areas, steel tube and steel fin are acceptable.
Enclosures
- To be designed to permit easy access for maintenance of valves, vents, controls,
etc., and to meet Architectural requirements.
- Panel type and finish to be coordinated with Interior Designer.
Unit Heaters
Infrared Heater
- Open areas such as receiving docks require infrared heaters where outdoor
design temperature is -10 C or lower.
Propeller Type Heater
- May be used in enclosed loading docks, receiving office and equipment rooms, if
infrared sources are impractical.
51
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Cabinet Heaters
- With centrifugal fans may be used for entrances in lieu of directly ducted supply
with terminal reheat. Selection of such units shall take freezing possibilities into
account.
Valves
Valves to be provided in accordance with Minimum Material Standards - Valves.
See Attachment: Minimum Material Standards - Valves
Di-electrical isolation to be provided at connection points of ferrous and non-ferrous
pipes, and on non-ferrous materials contacting the structure.
All valves for throttling service such as pump discharge, chilled and condenser
circuits, cooling tower, etc., to be globe valves, lubricated plug type, or butterfly type.
Balancing valves are to be provided at water coils and main distribution returns, and
are to be equipped with adjustable memory stops.
Provide chain wheel operators on all valves and cocks in equipment and fan rooms
with center lines located more than 2.5 m above the floor, which control major items
of equipment such as boilers, headers and pumps.
Vent Valves
- Float type for automatic venting at high points of water mains, unit heaters and
elsewhere as required to be installed with tee handle petcock on inlet for the
required working pressure.
- Key operated manual type vent valves at all points necessary to prevent trapping
of air shall be tee head petcocks.
Condensate Valves - Steam
- Condensate drip leg is to consist of inlet valve, strainer, trap, test valve, check
valve and outlet valve. All valves shall permit re-packing while in service.
52
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Steam Traps
Provision
- Steam traps to be provided for venting and draining of condensation at ends of
mains, bottoms of risers, outlets of steam condensing equipment and other points
where condensation and air collect.
- Traps to pass condensation and air automatically, without passing steam.
Types
- Low pressure (0-1 bar) - float and thermostatic.
- Medium and high pressure (1-9 bar) - Inverted bucket or thermodynamic.
Heat Exchangers
Design
- To be ASME rated and constructed, steam-in-shell, water- in- tube or water-towater, designed for pressures and temperatures to which they are subjected.
Selection shall be based on a fouling factor of 0.0005.
- Plate Heat Exchangers shall be of stainless steel material spaced together by
nitrile butadiene rubber sealing gaskets.
Storage Heaters
- Storage heaters are to be steam coil and water shell type, in accordance with
ASME. Unit shall be constructed with seamless copper tubes arranged in a
removable tube bundle, cast iron water chamber and steel shell, tube sheet and
supporting cradle.
Condensate Heat Recovery
- Where no provision is made for condensate/flash steam heat recovery, heat
exchangers shall be designed for condensate sub cooling operation.
Note: Refer to Plumbing Systems chapter for pool and whirlpool heating requirements.
Circulating Pumps
Design
- Circulating pumps to be motor driven directly coupled centrifugal type selected to
deliver rated capacity and discharge head at or near point of peak efficiency with
an impeller diameter no greater than 85% of maximum size, which can fit in
casing.
- Pumps having capacities over 25 l/sec, to be horizontal-split case, single stage,
double suction, complete with motor, cast iron casing, bronze impeller, ceramic
mechanical seals, cast iron or steel base, stainless steel shaft supported on ball or
roller bearings and direct connected through flexible couplings.
- Pumps having capacities under 25 l/sec may be vertically-split case, end suction,
bronze fitted, complete with motor, cast iron casing, bronze impeller, roller
bearings, ceramic mechanical seal, flexible coupling and steel base.
53
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Design Pressure
- Pump casings design pressure to be a minimum of 1.5 times working pressure.
Motors
- To be non-overloading over the range of pump performance.
- Variable speed drives shall be used, as applicable.
Accessories
- Suction side to be provided with shut off valve and strainer and vibration limiting
coupling.
- Discharge side shall be provided with balanced, non-shock check valve, throttling
valve, and vibration limiting coupling.
Noise Levels
- Pumps to be selected for quiet operation and installed such that pump noise is not
transmitted to the building structure.
Strainers
Design
- To ensure protection against ingress of debris, self-cleaning strainers are to be
provided at all inlet connections to each feeder, makeup connections and
automatic control valves.
Material
- All strainers to be cast iron or bronze bodies of ample strength for the pressure to
which they shall be subjected, removable cover, and suitable flanges or tappings
to connect with the piping they serve.
- Strainer basket screens to be nickel, copper, brass, or stainless steel and be of
adequate strength to ensure operation under shock loading. Each basket shall
have a minimum free area 2-1/2 times the cross section of the pipe.
Blow Off
- Valved blow off piped to closest floor drain shall be provided for each strainer
25 mm and larger.
54
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Provide pipe alignment guides, of heavy gauge construction spider and guiding
cylinder, as required at expansion loops, expansion joints and, in horizontal and
vertical pipe. The core of the spider shall clamp to the pipe, and the cylinder shall be
sized to allow for full thickness of insulation plus clearance.
All expansion joints or loops must be accessible.
55
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Penetrations
For non-fire rated masonry and concrete walls, standard weight galvanized steel pipe,
flush with wall surface at both ends, caulked with glass wool and sealed at both faces
with butyl mastic or caulked with molded rubber link seals.
For non-fire rated interior partitions and ceilings, 0.85 mm rolled sheet galvanized
steel with lock joints, caulked with glass wool and sealed at both faces with butyl
mastic or caulked with molded rubber link seals.
For fire rated walls, heavy gauge galvanized sheet metal with square face plates,
adjustable to wall thickness, with 25 mm annular space packed at each end with
double neoprene coated fiberglass in accordance with NFPA requirements, with
positive fastening catch, similar to Pipe Shields or UL listed intumescent collars.
For underground pipe or conduit sleeves, pipe or conduit section or fitting with anchor
flanges, and flashing flange and membrane waterproofing is required.
Trim Plates
Split-type trim plates to be provided on all exposed pipes passing through floors, walls
and ceilings, at the visible sides of openings.
In unfinished rooms, plates shall be prime coated; in finished rooms, plates shall be
chrome plated or anodized aluminum.
56
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
57
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
of fire suppression system installed, the exhaust fan shall either continue to
operate, or shall stop upon activation of the suppression system.
- If a fire damper has been installed in the exhaust hood at the collar
(connection point) where the exhaust duct connects to the hood, the
exhaust fan shall stop upon activation of the suppression system.
- If a fire damper has not been installed in the exhaust hood at the collar
(connection point) where the exhaust duct connects to the hood, the
exhaust fan shall continue to operate upon activation of the suppression
system.
Make- up air fans shall stop upon activation of the fire suppression system.
Solid fuel cooking equipment with a firebox greater than 0.14m3 shall be
provided with a fixed water pipe system and hose in the kitchen that is capable
of reaching the firebox.
Kitchen exhaust hoods with internal (compensating) discharge of make-up air are
not permitted.
Kitchen exhaust hoods with a vertical (air curtain) discharge of make-up air at their
perimeter are not permitted.
Kitchen exhaust hoods using low-velocity, horizontal (face) discharge of make-up
air are permitted.
Kitchen exhaust hoods using Capture-Jet technology are permitted.
Kitchen exhaust hoods for display cooking shall be equipped with lighting
coordinated with the Kitchen Consultant and Interior Designer.
Kitchen exhaust hoods shall be equipped with grease removal devices (filters,
baffles, cartridges) that have been tested against either UL Standard 1046, or its
equivalent, and are recognized as Listed.
Mesh filters shall not be used as grease removal devices.
The grease removal devices shall be manufactured from stainless steel.
The grease removal devices shall be easily accessible and removable for
cleaning.
The use of Ultra Violet (UV) filters in conjunction with a primary grease
removal device in front of them is permitted; UV filters shall not be used
independent of other grease removal devices.
The use of Electrostatic Precipitators (ESP) filters in conjunction with a
primary grease removal device in front of them is permitted; ESP filters shall
not be used independent of other grease removal devices.
UV or ESP filters are recommended for installation on exhaust systems that
have any of the following characteristics:
- The exhaust duct will have a length of more than 30 m between the hood
and the fan.
- Access for cleaning the exhaust duct will be limited or difficult.
- Due to the type of food products being prepared, and/ or a large volume of
food being prepared, frequent cleaning (more than semi-annually) of the
exhaust system is anticipated.
- The discharge from the exhaust fan will be in close proximity to, or may be
noticeable at, exterior patio, terrace, pool deck or dining areas.
The use of an automatic wash-down kitchen hood cleaning system is
permitted. Wash-down systems are to use automatically mixed and distributed
hot water and chemical degreaser. Wastewater from wash-down system must
be piped to flow through a grease interceptor.
For solid fuel equipment, if airborne sparks and embers can be generated by
the cooking operation, spark arrester devices shall be used prior to the grease
58
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
removal device to prevent the entrance of these sparks and embers into the
grease removal device and into the hood and duct system.
Total exhaust air quantity, and flow rate through each grease removal device,
shall be coordinated by the Kitchen/Laundry Consultant and Mechanical
Engineering Consultant. ASHRAE calculations reflecting the severity and
intensity of cooking shall be used in determining the amount of air to be
exhausted.
As a method of reducing the amount of air exhausted when less-thenmaximum cooking is occurring, the application of a variable exhaust system,
controlled by smoke and temperature sensors located in the exhaust hood,
shall be considered.
- When a variable exhaust system is specified, it shall be interlocked with
the corresponding make-up air system that is similarly capable of varying
the quantity of replacement air provided. Controls for both exhaust and
make-up air system to be a unified integrated design, and calibrated to
maintain the specified air balance under all operating conditions.
Kitchen Canopy Exhaust Size and Material
- Kitchen canopy exhaust hoods shall be sized to cover completely the equipment it
is designed to ventilate, plus a minimum overhang (projection) of at least 15 cm
beyond all sides of the cooking equipment under it.
A minimum overhang of 30 cm is recommended for char-broilers and solid fuel
cooking equipment.
Where possible, without affecting operation or dcor aesthetics, the
installation of side-panels at the ends of the hood is recommended to increase
exhaust efficiency.
- Canopy exhaust hoods shall be manufactured entirely from AISI/ASTM 302 or 304
stainless steels. Minimum thickness of material is to be 1.30 mm.
- Coordinate canopy jacket material and design with Kitchen Consultant and Interior
Designer.
Grease Ducts
- Grease ducts serving kitchen exhaust hoods shall be sized, constructed, installed
and supported in accordance with all applicable ASHRAE and NFPA Standards.
The cross-sectional area of grease ducts shall be designed for a maximum air
velocity of 8- 9 m/sec.
- Grease ducts shall be constructed of carbon steel not less than 2.0 mm thick, with
all seams and joints having a continuous, liquid-tight weld, with the exception of
where the duct collar on the hood is connected to the duct. This connection shall
either be a continuous, liquid-tight external weld or an equivalent liquid-tight,
flanged, gasketed and bolted connection.
- Grease ducts shall not pass through firewalls or fire partitions and shall lead as
directly as possible to the exterior of the building. They are to be installed from
hood to point of termination without any intermediate low-point where grease
could collect. Grease ducts shall have a continuous pitch towards the kitchen
exhaust hood they are connected to. Grease ducts shall not be interconnected
with any other building ventilating or exhaust system.
- Grease ducts shall maintain a minimum separation (air space) of 460 mm to
combustible materials. Methods to reduce this minimum separation as describe
either by NFPA-96, or in the Minimum Standards- Duct Insulation section, may be
applied.
59
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Dampers
Balancing Dampers
- To be butterfly or multiple blade type (20 cm maximum blade width) equipped with
locking quadrant to be provided in every branch duct of conventional duct
systems.
60
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Motorized Dampers
- To be installed in outside air inlet ducts and at discharge ducts from exhaust fans.
Exclusions
- Exhaust fans designed for cooking hoods, laundry dryers, laundry ironer and
smoke exhaust shall not have any discharge dampers. Rain and wind protection
shall be provided by alternate means.
Discharge Registers
Supply Registers
- Sidewall supply registers shall be of the adjustable bar, double deflection type
with horizontal face bars, vertical rear bars and opposed blade damper (except
guestroom).
- Guestroom register outside horizontal vanes and vertical back blades must both
be adjustable.
Return and Exhaust Registers
- To be fixed bar, single deflection type with horizontal bars matching supply
register, and opposed blade damper.
Ceiling Diffuser Outlets
- To be linear or as specified by Architects and Interior Designer.
- To be adjustable pattern type.
- Equipped with equalizing devices.
- Opposed blade dampers key operated from the diffuser face.
- Blank off baffles where required.
Finish
- Linear diffusers to be extruded aluminum.
- All registers and diffusers, with a factory applied finish (color selected by Interior
Designer) applied over rust inhibiting primer.
- Where field painting is to be used, a rust-inhibiting primer should be factory
provided.
Drip Gutters
Where piping is unavoidably located at or near electrical equipment, drip gutters of
galvanized steel to meet local code shall be provided to protect electrical equipment.
Drip gutters shall be watertight, pitched and piped to nearest floor drain.
Flexible Connections
Listings
- Flexible fabric connections to prevent the transmission of vibration through ducts
shall be UL listed under Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connector or equal, and
to be installed on both inlet and discharge of all fans and ventilating units.
Fitting
- Fabric connection to be airtight.
- Provide, at minimum, 10 mm space between connected items and with sufficient
slack in fabric to prevent tearing due to fan movement.
Fabric
- Fabric for general usage to be 30 kg/m3 density glass fiber coated with neoprene
on both sides.
61
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Acoustical Lining
Design Considerations
- To be provided in the discharge duct of each air handling unit for a distance of at
least 6.00 m from the fan.
- Each return and exhaust duct for a distance of 6.00 m from the intake plenum.
- In the discharge of each ceiling mounted fan coil unit.
- Acoustic lining shall be installed in ductwork, which services more than one
enclosed space to the extent required to prevent acoustic transfer from one space
to the other.
Quality
- Acoustic lining to be neoprene coated glass fiber or closed cell elastomeric foam,
if applicable, 25 mm thick, 24 kg/m3 density installed with insulation adhesive and
metal clips with all joints adhesive coated and taped.
Exceptions
- Cooking equipment exhaust systems, moist-air system, smoke purge, laundry
exhaust ductwork and extraction ducts bearing volatile gases shall not be lined.
Where applicable, duct silencers shall be provided.
Duct Silencers
Prefabricated low loss type duct silencers shall be used where excessive noise
problems are anticipated.
62
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
63
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Ductwork Insulation
All supply air ducts shall be insulated.
64
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Installation
- Blanket duct insulation shall have a minimum density of 16 kg/m3, and be
manufactured from glass fiber with factory applied flame retardant vapor barrier
facing in accordance with NFPA requirements.
- Insulation to be lapped and tied with glass fiber cord with butt joints sealed with
vapor barrier tape and suitable adhesive.
- Ducts over 1.00 m in width shall have insulation additionally secured with welded
pins and clips. The clips shall be covered with vapor barrier mastic or tape.
Material Specification
Rigid Board
- Rigid board insulation shall have a minimum density of 48 kg/m3, and be
manufactured from glass fiber with resin binder; factory applied reinforced
aluminum foil and fire retardant vapor barrier facing in accordance with NFPA
requirements.
- Insulation on ductwork shall be fastened with metal clips 50 cm on centre in both
directions and with duct insulation adhesive in 15 cm bands on 30 cm centers and
sealed with vapor barrier sealer and tape of the same type as the facing.
Block Insulation
- Block insulation shall have a minimum density of 200 kg/m3, and be manufactured
from rigid asbestos free hydrous calcium silicate with mineral fiber reinforcement
in accordance with NFPA requirements.
- Covering over access doors shall be removable. Metal cladding shall protect
ductwork less than 2.00 m above finished floor. Where applied to chimney walls,
welded pins shall be stainless steel.
Acoustic Board
- Acoustic rigid board insulation shall have a minimum density of 96 kg/m3, and be
manufactured from glass fiber with resin binder, coated on one side with black
neoprene compound in accordance with NFPA requirements.
- Lining to be applied with 100% coverage of duct insulation adhesive and with
metal clips spaced as per manufacturer recommendation.
- All joints and seams shall be thoroughly sealed and pointed to eliminate possible
fiber entrainment into air stream.
- Internal insulation for ducts serving food areas shall have liquid neoprene sealer
applied at all duct insulation seams and at all exposed edges.
- External insulation for ducts in food service areas shall be protected with
aluminum scrim jacket overlapping not less than 100 mm per seam.
Weatherproofing
- Insulated ductwork exposed to the weather shall be weatherproofed with a
covering of glass cloth embedded in weatherproofing mastic and finished with a
second coat of the same material.
Duct Flanges
- Where flanges on ductwork and equipment are greater in size than the specified
thickness of the insulation, the insulation on the entire run shall be increased in
thickness to cover the flanges and to produce a smooth application.
Closed Cell Elastomeric Foam Materials
- Closed cell elastomeric foam materials in accordance with NFPA requirements
are acceptable.
65
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Equipment Insulation
Installation Requirements
- Insulation blocks or blankets shall be securely wired on. Fill interstices between
blocks with insulating cement.
- Insulation to be wrapped with copper coated wire mesh, secured tight and finished
smooth with 12 mm thick insulating cement toweled on in two (2) coats and
covered with pre-sized glass cloth jacket securely adhered. Exposed insulation
over food service areas shall be covered with aluminum scrim.
Vapor Barrier
- On cold vessels, apply a 3 mm thick coat of vapor barrier sealer on surface of
insulating cement before covering with jacket.
- Vapor barriers shall be continuous throughout, applied over wire mesh and 12 mm
insulating fiber cement.
Omission
- Insulation may be omitted on compression and expansion tanks unless operating
temperature is more than 6C of ambient.
Refrigeration Systems
- Refrigeration machines: Insulate any portions of the unit surfaces or piping subject
to condensation, including the following:
- Chiller, water boxes and pass heads: Two layers of 35 mm thick 96 kg/m3 density,
glass fiber blanket with staggered joints; 12 mm insulating cement, pre sized glass
cloth jacket with 1.5 mm removable, replaceable sheet metal heads sealed with
mastic at the joints.
- Compressor discharge piping between compressor and noise filter: 35 mm thick
96 kg/m3 glass fiber, glass cloth jacket.
- Intercooler: Two layers 35 mm thick glass fiber blanket with staggered joints,
12 mm insulating cement, pre sized glass cloth jacket.
- Compressor suction piping: As noted for refrigerant piping.
- Small water piping: As noted for domestic cold water piping.
Boilers
- Insulate the exposed surfaces of boilers with 75 mm thick hydrous calcium silicate
blocks installed with a hexagonal mesh galvanized wire netting stretched over and
securely fastened to the blocks. Finish with 25 mm glass cloth jacket.
- Insulating fiber cement applied in two (2) 6 mm coats (total of 12 mm), the last
coat containing not less than one third Portland cement, covered with sheet metal
jacket.
Steam Piping
- Insulate the steam piping connection of each boiler feed water regulator with
25 mm lagging, finished with 12 mm insulating fiber cement toweled smooth and
covered with an adhered pre-sized glass cloth jacket.
- Insulate the steam gauge piping connection of each boiler as noted for steam
piping except final gauge pigtail.
Flue Gas Outlets
- Insulate the exposed surfaces of the flue gas outlet transition from boilers with
50 mm thick hydrous calcium silicate blocks.
- Wire the insulating blocks securely and finish with 12 mm thick hard finish
insulating and toweled fiber cement, reinforced with 12 x 12 mm mesh galvanized
66
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
wire, applied in two (2) coats, the finishing covered with an adhered pre-sized
glass cloth jacket.
Breachings
- Insulate the exposed surfaces of boiler and incinerator breachings with at least
50 mm thick hydrous calcium silicate blocks.
- Wire the insulating blocks securely with copper wire and finish with 12 mm thick
hard finish insulating fiber cement, reinforced with galvanized mesh, applied in two
(2) coats, the finishing coat covered with an adhered pre-sized glass cloth jacket.
Smoke Stack
- Insulate the exposed surfaces of each stack, from the boiler plant floor level to a
distance of 1.0 m above roof penetration. Insulate interior of stack, with 100 mm
thick firebrick and extend insulation (lining) to within 1.20 m of the top.
- Insulation shall be suitable for temperature up to 1090C and shall be toweled in
place over 1.9 kg/m2 stucco binder mesh.
- Exterior of stack to be insulated up to roof with 50 mm thick hydrous calcium
silicate on welded stainless steel pins, wired in place, covered with 19 mm thick
layer of wire mesh, finished with 12 mm thick hard finish insulating cement applied
in two (2) coats, covered with pre-sized glass cloth jacket.
- Provide weatherproof hood flashing and counter flashing over exterior insulation.
Air-Conditioning Fans
- Except in internally lined air handling units, supply and return fans shall be
insulated with two (2) layers of 50 mm thick glass fiber blanket insulation in a
manner similar to air-conditioning machines.
Chilled Water Pumps
- Chilled water and secondary water pumps shall be insulated with two (2) layers of
50 mm thick armaflex sheets or glass fiber blanket, with removable sheet metal
insulation boxes.
- Equipment having removable heads and/or access plates shall have insulation
applied in a manner to permit easy removal and replacement.
67
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Vibration Isolators
- Floor mounted vibration isolators and/or inertia blocks shall be mounted on
100 mm high concrete housing pads.
Spring Isolators
- To be designed and installed so that the ends of the springs are constructed to
remain parallel during deflection.
- To be provided with leveling bolts and minimally a 6 mm thick ribbed neoprene
pad adhered to underside of base.
- Housing or snubbing devices shall not be used to contain the isolation springs.
- The ratio of spring diameter to compressed height of each spring shall not be less
than 0.8, and springs shall have a minimum of 50% additional travel to solid
beyond rated deflection.
Lateral Motion
- Insulation systems with lateral motion in excess of 6 mm under equipment start-up
or shut down conditions shall be restrained by spring type mountings.
Corrosion Protection
- Insulation systems exposed to the weather or corrosive environment shall be
protected with a corrosion resistant finish of either cadmium plating or neoprene
coating.
68
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Where fans are located on grade, the bases may be supported on neoprene-inshear mounts consisting of molded double space deflection neoprene bonded to
steel base plate with leveling feature and holes for mounting screws.
Suspended Fans
- Suspended centrifugal fans and driving motors mounted on integral steel and
motor base or on rigid structural platform shall be suspended from building
structure with steel rods and combination spring and neoprene-in-shear type
hangers.
- Hangers shall consist of spring isolator and double deflection neoprene-in-shear
isolator mounted in a common welded steel frame. Rod hole in frame shall be
provided with neoprene spacer.
Floor Mounted Air Handling Units
- Factory assembled floor mounted air handling units with fan and driving motor
mounted integral with the casing to be mounted on individual spring supports.
- Where units are located on grade, they may be supported on neoprene-in-shear
mountings.
Suspended Air Handling Units
- Factory assembled suspended air handling units to be mounted in a manner
similar to suspended centrifugal fans.
- A separate rigid structural platform, or suitable angles or channels, to be provided
should the equipment frame not have adequate structural frame or mounting lugs.
Thrust Restraints
- Air handling unit thrust restraints (2) shall be installed on each side of the duct
across the flexible duct connection on the duct outlet of each fan or factory built
unit.
- Thrust restraints shall include spring type hangers and fastening rods with tension
adjusting nut and necessary anchor angles.
Converters
- To be supported on saddles set on spring isolators set in turn on pipe or structural
steel support framework.
Clearance
- All equipment mounted on vibration isolated bases shall have a minimum
operating clearance of 50 mm between the inertia base or structural steel frame
and the concrete housekeeping pad beneath the equipment.
Pipe Mounts
Pipe supports located within 15 m of rotating equipment to be generally in accordance
with the following:
Steam Piping
- Steam distribution piping shall be supported from the building structure or pipe
hangers with steel rods and neoprene-in-shear type hangers with 10 mm
deflection. (See special conditions in seismic zones.)
Water Piping
- Suspended water circulating piping 250 mm and smaller to be supported from the
building structure on pipe hangers with steel rods and spring type hangers with
18 mm deflection.
- Suspended water piping 300 mm and larger to be supported from the building
structure and roof mounted pipes, on pipe hangers with steel rods and transfer
69
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
type spring hangers with 75% pre loading and 18 mm deflection bearing on
structural members.
- The use of combination spring and neoprene-in-shear type load transfer hangers
shall be used wherever necessary to avoid vibration.
- Condenser water pipe at cooling tower to be supported on adjustable pipe saddle
stands set on vertically restrained spring isolators, set on floor or structural steel
framework with 75% pre loading and 18 mm deflection.
- Floor mounted water pipes to be supported from a floor mounted steel support
framework, on pipe hangers with steel rods and Spring Type Hangers and 18 mm
deflection.
Riser Pipes
- 150 mm or larger water risers to be supported at base by welded pipe stanchions
extending down to pad on floor with 3 layers of ribbed neoprene pads separated
by 3 mm galvanized steel plates between base of stanchion and concrete with
10 mm deflection.
- Piping in shafts to be anchored where required with vibration isolation pipe
anchors, and shall be guided as required with vibration isolation pipe guides.
Couplings
- Vibration couplings to be provided in the suction and discharge of each pump of
the same size as the pipe in which they are installed. Couplings shall be armored
seamless flexible bronze, stainless steel, reinforced rubber, or Victaulic type rated
for the operating temperatures and pressures.
- Couplings to be located as close to the pumps as practicable and piping in which
they are located to be anchored to the building structure.
- Length of space in piping in which coupling is to be installed shall be 5% shorter
than the normal length of the coupling in order to provide compression of flexure
in the coupling.
70
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Horsepower
Efficiency (%)
82.5
1 1/2
86.5
89.5
89.5
7 1/2
91.7
10
91.7
15
92.4
20
93.0
25
93.6
30
94.1
40
94.1
50
94.5
Characteristics
- Motor current and voltage characteristics shall be determined by local conditions.
- Small motors (under 0.4 kW) shall be single-phase capacitor start; larger motors
shall be three-phase.
Standards
- All motors and accessories to comply with NEMA or other recognized standards,
to be suitable for operation in the ambient condition of their application, and to
include a service factor of 1.25.
- Where climatic conditions warrant, motors shall be of a manufacturing standard
specifically rated for tropical applications.
Two Speed Motors
- Two speed motors with special controllers for low speed operation shall be used
where required by load connections during the emergency power mode.
Starters and Controllers
Motor controllers, except for those integrated into package units such as boilers,
pump sets, fire pumps, refrigeration machines, etc., shall be specified and furnished
in accordance with the Electrical Systems chapter of this document.
Variable speed motor drives shall be considered where partial load conditions offer
payback potential of two years or less.
Controllers for Large Motors to be of the reduced voltage closed transition type (size
depending on characteristics of electrical system and starting torque of driven
equipment).
71
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
MEP Instrumentation
Scope of Supply
- Duct type thermometers to be in all air-conditioning systems ahead and after each
coil, in each outdoor air intake, in each fan discharge, in re-circulation air before
mixed air plenum, and at each duct thermostat. Thermometers to be of the dial
type with a uniform scale, 100 mm diameter.
- Mercury column or industrial red type thermometers are to be provided at the inlet
and outlet of each water chiller, condenser, heat exchanger, evaporator and oil
sump.
- Pressure gauges to be at the suction and discharge of each pump, at the inlet and
outlet of each pressure reducing station, at the inlet and outlet of each water coil,
condenser, evaporator and heat exchanger.
- Draft gauges across each filters bank and boiler stack.
- Flow meters on all discharge lines of water pumping system.
- Fuel oil totaling meters.
- Remote fuel level indicators.
- Oil temperature indicators.
- Totaling meters on the fuel oil to the boilers and water heaters.
- Totaling steam flow meter on the steam header.
- Stack thermometers.
- Totaling steam meter on absorption chiller.
- KWh meters on electric drive chillers.
- Gas meters on incoming supply lines.
- Smoke, draft and stack temperature indicators on boilers.
- Meters on boiler, deaerator and cooling tower makeup water lines.
72
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Thermometers in deaerator.
- KWh meters for larger concession areas, such as banquet areas, individual F & B
outlets, adjoining buildings, etc.
- Smoke shade recorders (omit if for analyzer fitted).
- CO2 and oxygen analyzers for boilers and direct-fired absorption chillers or water
heaters.
- CO (Carbon monoxide) detectors for enclosed garages.
- For larger concession areas, central temperature and flow recording instruments
are required, and in addition 2-pen recorder for supply and return chilled water
temperatures shall be provided.
- Provide meters at all incoming utility connections.
Instrument Accuracy
- All instruments must have an accuracy of +/- 1% of full scale and be selected for a
range commensurate with the anticipated scope of reading.
- The span between maximum and minimum anticipated reading must cover at
least 40% of the scale.
73
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
- Prior to initial operation, all systems and equipment installation shall be verified to
be in accordance with drawings and specifications.
- Temperature and humidity control systems, electrical interlocks, and fire
protection interlocks shall all be operational, adjusted and calibrated in
accordance with drawings and specifications.
74
Attachments
Mechanical Systems
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Public Areas
Offices
Function Rooms
Space
Temp DB (C)
Rel.
Hum.
Cool/Temp*
Tropical*
% (**)
24.0
24.0
50
Regency Club
24.0
24.0
50
25.0
25.0
50
Exit Staircases
27.0
28.0
NC
Restaurants/Show Kitchens
24.0
24.0
50
24.0
24.0
50
Dancing Areas
24.0
23.0
50
Lobby / Corridors
24.0
25.0
50
Public Toilets
25.0
26.0
NC
Others
25.0
26.0
50
Executive
24.0
24.0
50
Meeting Rooms
24.0
24.0
50
25.0
25.0
55
BOH Corridors
26.0
27.0
55
24.0
24.0
50
24.0
24.0
50
Business /
Communications Centre
Fitness Centre/Spa
24.0
25.0
50
Commissary Kitchen
Meat Preparation
21.0
21.0
55
Fish Preparation
21.0
21.0
55
74.1
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Space
Temp DB (C)
Rel.
Hum.
Cool/Temp*
Tropical*
% (**)
18.0
18.0
55
Garde Manger
21.0
21.0
55
Vegetable Prep
22.0
22.0
55
Beverage Store
23.0
23.0
55
Bakery
26.0
26.0
60
23.0
23.0
55
Service Bar
23.0
23.0
55
Garde Manger
23.0
23.0
55
Cooking Area
27.0
27.0
60
Pantries
24.0
24.0
55
Laundry / Valet
27.0
27.0
70
Lockers
26.0
27.0
55
Toilets
26.0
27.0
NC
Dining Room
25.0
26.0
55
Commissary Kitchen
Satellite Kitchens
Employee Areas
Technical Areas
Stores
*
**
***
Plant Room
Workshops
26.0
27.0
60
Control Room
25.0
26.0
55
20.0
20.0
50
General
27.0
28.0
55
27.0
27.0
55
+/- 1C
+/- 5%
Unless equipment manufacturer requires otherwise.
74.2
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Public Areas
Offices
Function Rooms
Space
Temp DB * (C)
Rel. Hum. % **
22.0
50
Guestroom Bathroom
24.0
50
Regency Club
22.0
50
Corridors
21.0
50
Exit Staircases
19.0
40
Restaurants
21.0
50
21.0
50
Dancing Areas
20.0
50
Lobby / Corridors
21.0
50
Public Toilets
21.0
45
Others
21.0
50
Executive
21.0
50
Meeting Rooms
22.0
50
21.0
45
BOH Corridors
20.0
40
22.0
50
22.0
50
Business /
Communications Centre
Fitness Centre/Spa
22.0
45
Commissary Kitchen
Meat Preparation
18.0
50
Fish Preparation
18.0
50
Pastry Room
18.0
50
Garde Manger
21.0
45
Vegetable Prep
21.0
45
Beverage Store
18.0
45
74.3
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Space
Temp DB * (C)
Rel. Hum. % **
18.0
50
Bakery
21.0
50
20.0
45
Service Bar
20.0
45
Garde Manger
20.0
45
Cooking Area
22.0
45
21.0
45
Pantries
Laundry / Valet
Employees Areas
Technical Areas
Stores
Minimal or no
heating unless
required by local
code or practice
Lockers
21.0
45
Toilets
21.0
NC
Dining Room
21.0
45
Plant Room
15.0
40
Workshops
20.0
45
Control Room
21.0
45
General
19.0
45
19.0
45
* +/- 1C
** +/- 5%
74.4
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Each additional
100 rooms (m)
Notes
120
20
30
Cooling Towers
100
360
20
Boiler Plant *
60
20
70
10
Calorifiers
30
Transformers
60
100
Emergency Generator
20
50
Pumping systems
20
20
Offices
60
Stores
60
Workshops
120
20
Control Centres
20
Electricity *
Engineering
74.5
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Horizontal distribution
Notes
0.7 0.9
Each additional
100 rooms (m)
1.0 m x 1.0 m
0.6 m x 0.8 m
40 (including balancing
tank)
* Domestic water storage tanks, fire protection tanks, fuel oil tanks and gas tanks are NOT
INCLUDED in the estimated space requirements noted above.
Notes:
1) Subject to equipment selection (instant vs. storage)
2) As per requirement of local power authority
3) Under consideration of spare stock requirements adjusted to local conditions
4) Service shafts between back-to-back bathrooms
5) An elongated shaft of 2m x 0.5m may be more convenient and should be considered
6) Requires provisions to accommodate ducts in corridor false ceiling
74.6
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
35.0
Kitchens **
20.0
Employee Caf **
35.0
Bar/lounge
70.0
Library
25.0
Bedrooms
100 m/hr/bay
Living rooms
100 m/hr/bay
85.0
Lobbies
25.0
Conference Rooms
50.0
Ballrooms
50.0
Offices
35.0
Communication Centre
35.0
Barber/Beauty Shops
45.0
Spa/Treatment Rooms
50.0
Gym/Cardiovascular Areas
50.0
Squash Courts
120.0
Spectator area
35.0
Entertainment Centre
70.0
Casinos
80.0
Workrooms
25.0
70.0 m3/hr per stall or urinal
Public Toilets
60 m3/hr/m2
PABX/Computer/MATV Room
Locker Rooms
Storage (Active)
5.0 m3/hr/m
Storage (Inactive)
1.0 m3/hr/m
74.7
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Corridors
0.8 m3 / hr/ m2
9.0 m3 / hr/ m2
Butcher Shops
Bakery Shops*
6.0 changes / hr
3.0 changes / hr
15.0 changes/ hr
**
74.8
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Supply
Exhaust
Guest Rooms
Suites
Guest Baths **
Trans
Pressure
<
>
Floor Pantries
<
Restaurants *
>
Lounge / Bar
<
Entertainment Centre
>
<
Projection Room
<
Lobby
>
Toilets
<
Administrative Offices
>
Other Offices
>
Retail Shops
<
Fitness Centre/Spa
Indoor Pools
Massage Room
Kitchen *
<
Pastry / Bakery
>
Butcher Shop
Garde Manger
<
Storage / Active
<
<
<
--
Storage / Inactive
Boiler Room *
74.9
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Supply
Exhaust
Trans
Pressure
<
<
Refrigeration Plant
Fan Rooms
Transformer Rooms
<
<
<
<
Workshops
<
>
Computer Room
>
Locker Rooms
<
X Required
< Transfer in
> Transfer out
+ Positive
- Negative
0 Neutral
* Conditioned air could be transfer to/from this area from/to adjacent areas, as permitted
by code
** Guest baths, unless oversized, will transfer air from bedroom through 12mm door
undercut.
74.10
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Type of Area
General Managers Residence
30 to 35
30 to 35
30 to 35
30 to 35
35 to 40
35 to 40
40 to 45
Public Areas
35 to 40
Apartments
30 to 35
Executive Offices
30 to 45
Private Offices
30 to 35
40 to 45
40 to 45
30 to 35
Libraries
35 to 40
Movie Theatres
30 to 35
Car Park
50 to 65
65 to 73
Notes:
Design goals may be increased by 5 dB when noise intrusion from other sources
represents a limiting condition.
These are for unoccupied spaces, with all systems operating.
This list is a recommended Noise Criteria related to Mechanical Systems.
- For particular room-to-room sound criteria refer to Hyatt International Technical
Services Design Recommendations and Minimum Standards.
74.11
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Pressure Bars
Laundry equipment
8.0 to 9.0
Valet equipment
2.0 to 3.0
1.0 to 2.0
1.0 to 2.0
0.5 to 1.0
0.5 to 1.0
Direct Heating **
0.5 to 1.0
Air Tempering **
0.5 to 1.0
2.0
As required
* Hot water is preferred for Direct Preheating and Reheat. Direct Tempering and heating by
steam should not be considered unless winter design temperature is -10C or lower.
74.12
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Size
Material
Type
Weight
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 80
Condensate
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 80
Blowdown
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Copper
Type L
Hard
Chilled Water
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
Condenser Water
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
Copper
Type L
Soft
All
Plastic
PVC
Cell Class 1
NFPA
Drain Columns
All
Steel
Galvanised
Sch. 40
All
Copper
Type L
Hard
All
Plastic
PVC
Sch. 40
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
Make Up Water
All
Brass
85% Red
Standard
All
Copper
Type L
Hard
All
Steel
Galvanised
Sch. 40
Refrigerant
All
Copper
Type K
Hard
Compressed Air
All
Copper
Type K
Hard
All
Steel
Galvanised
Sch. 80
All
Steel
Black
Sch. 40
All
Copper
Type K
Hard
Secondary
74.13
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Size
Material
Type
Weight
All
Plastic
PVC
Type II Grade I
Notes:
Underground fuel oil supply and return lines shall be protected from corrosion by
encasement or mill coating.
Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B-88.
Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A-53 or ASTM A-120.
74.14
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Arrow/s
Fire Lines
Red
Black
Steam
Blue
White
Steam Condensate
Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Pool Water
Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Grey Water
Orange
Black
Black Water
Orange
Black
Brown
White
Blue
White
Compressed Air
Note:
Pipe Label Design
74.15
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Pipe markers should be positioned so that they can be easily seen from the normal
angle of approach. For instance, below the centerline of the pipe if the pipe is
overhead, and above the centerline if the pipe is below eye level. Labels are
required at the following locations:
- Adjacent to all values and flanges
- Adjacent to all changes of direction
- On both sides of wall or floor penetration
- At regular intervals on straight runs (maximum 15 m spacing)
Label Sizes
Pipe diameter determines the appropriate label and text size, as shown in the following:
Outside Pipe Diameter
(including insulation)*
Minimum Length of
Label Color Field
Minimum Height
19 mm- 32mm
203 mm
13 mm
38 mm 51 mm
203 mm
19 mm
64 mm 152 mm
305 mm
32 mm
203 mm 254 mm
610 mm
64 mm
> 254 mm
813 mm
89 mm
*Pipes too small to be directly labeled should be marked with a hanging tag
Valve Tabs
Mark valves and actuators to indicate their function, normal position, and other
information. Since few valves offer a flat surface for a label to adhere to, hanging tags
are frequently used. Valve Tabs can help improve efficiency and avoid accidents by
eliminating confusion in crowded environments.
74.16
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Size
Ends
Type
to 50 mm
Wrought
Screwed
63 mm & up
Steel Seamless
Welded
Make Up Water
All
Brass, Copper
Screwed Soldered
Compressed Air
All
Wrought, Copper or
Forged Brass
Soldered
Compressed
Refrigerant
All
Wrought/Copper
Soldered
to 7.5 cm
Steel
Welded
10 cm & up
Steel
Welded
10 50 mm
Wrought
Screwed
63 mm & up
Steel Seamless
Welded
Boiler Blow-Off
All
Wrought
Screwed
Fuel Oil
All
Malleable, Wrought
or Copper
Screwed
All
PVC
Cement
to 50 mm
Screwed
Gate
Emergency Generator
Exhaust
Boiler Feed Water Flow
Press.
Globe
Check
63 mm & up
Flanged
Gate
Globe
Check
to 50 mm
Screwed
Gate
Globe
Check
74.17
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Size
Ends
Type
63 mm & up
Flanged
Gate
Globe
Check
To 50 mm
Screwed
Gate
Globe
Check
To 50 mm
Screwed
Gate
Globe
Check
To 50 mm
Soldered
Check
63 mm & up
Flanged
Gate
Globe
Check
Pump Discharge
To 75 mm
Wafer Body
Balanced Check
10 cm & up
Flanged
Balanced Check
Flanged
O.S. & Y
Fire Protection
74.18
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Material
Rigid, Coated fiberboard
Thickness
Duty
35 mm
Acoustic
50 mm
Thermal
indoor
75 mm
Thermal
outdoor
Exhaust Plenums
35 mm
Acoustic
Duct Silencers
35 mm
Acoustic
Supply Ducts
50 mm
Thermal
50 mm
Thermal
25 mm
Acoustic
Blanket
50 mm
Thermal
Rigid Board
25 mm
Thermal
40 mm
Thermal
40 mm
Thermal
Rigid fibreglass
12 mm
Acoustic
50 mm
Thermal
25 mm
Thermal/
Sanitation
Exposed Ducts
50 mm
25 mm
Thermal /
weatherizing
Boiler
75 mm
25 mm
Thermal
Steam Piping
25 mm
12 mm
Thermal
Rigid fibreglass
12 mm
Acoustic
50 mm
25 mm
Thermal
74.19
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Material
Thickness
Duty
50 mm
25 mm
Thermal
50 mm
50 mm
Thermal
Hydrous calcium
50 mm
Thermal
20 mm
25mm
Thermal
2 layers fibreglass
35 mm
Insulation
2 layers fibreglass
35 mm
Insulation
Converters De-aerators
Fibreglass
35 mm
Thermal
Fibreglass
35 mm
Thermal
Flash Tanks
Fibreglass
25 mm
Thermal
Flash Legs
Fibreglass
25 mm
Thermal
Compression Tank
Fibreglass
25 mm
Thermal
Expansion Tank
Fibreglass
25 mm
Thermal
Surge Thank
Fibreglass
25 mm
Thermal
Fibreglass
100 mm
Thermal
Condensate Receivers
Fibreglass
50 mm
Thermal
Calcium Silicate
50 mm
Thermal
Calcium Silicate
50 mm
Acoustic
Minimum Density:
Blankettype flexible fibrousglass insulation minimum density 16 Kg/m3
Rigid-type fibrous glass insulation, minimum density 48 Kg/m3 for thermal duct insulation
and 96 Kg/m3 for acoustic insulation
Glass fiber may be replaced with closed cell elastomeric foam materials, e.g. where
applicable.
74.20
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
Size
Material
Thickness
12-50 mm
52-150 mm
200-360 mm
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
25 mm
38 mm
50 mm
12-200 mm
250 mm & up
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
25 mm
38 mm
20-150 mm
200 mm & up
Glass Fibre
w/aluminium jacket
38 mm
50 mm
12-25 mm
30-75 mm
90 mm & up
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
38 mm
50 mm
63 mm
All
Glass Fibre
12 mm
Refrigerant suction
All
Glass Fibre
63 mm
12-25 mm
30-75 mm
Glass Fibre
Glass Fibre
12 mm
25 mm
All piping in this section and the plumbing section shall be colour coded in accordance
with Hyatt International requirements.
Glass fiber may be replaced with closed cell elastomeric foam materials, e.g. Armaflex,
Rubatex, where applicable.
74.21
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
BC
EC
FC
NFPA
ANSI
ASTM
ASHRAE
SMACNA
NEMA
NFPA
Underwriters Laboratories
UL
Factory Mutual
FM
ISO
EPA
AMCA
AWWA
British Standards
ARI
NEC
BOCA
WHO
BS
74.22
Operational Concept
All multi-level hotels must be minimally equipped with correctly designed lift and
escalator systems as required in compliance with this minimum standard. The planning
of these systems should commence during the initial design phases and shall consist of
the following:
Lift System
Dumb Waiter
Escalator System
Guarantee, Servicing Contract, and Extended Maintenance Contract
Experience Record
The manufacturer and installer shall have no less than ten (10) years documented
experience in the manufacture or installation of works in this field and be able to provide
professional commissioning of the system. Manufacturers shall provide a list of five
comparable projects that have the features as specified for this project. These projects
must be on-line and operational.
Manufacturers shall employ specialists in the field including Programming, Engineering,
Field Supervision, and Installation. Specialists shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of
experience.
Lift System
General Standards
Code (National)
75
Submittals
Minimally, the following information shall be submitted to H.I.T.S. for review:
Traffic analysis for buildings over 12 stories. Traffic analysis must be carried out for
both passenger lifts and service lifts.
Product Data
- Capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes and similar
information.
Shop Drawings
- Plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating service at each
landing, machine room layout, co-ordination with building structure, relationships
with other construction.
- Locations of equipment and signals.
- Maximum and average power demands.
Manufacturer Certificates
- For hoist way, pit, machine room layout and dimensions, and electrical service,
(including emergency power) as shown and specified.
Maintenance Manuals
- Include operation and maintenance instructions, parts listing with sources
indicated, recommended parts inventory listing, emergency instructions, and
similar information. Include diagnostic and repair information available to
manufacturers and Installers maintenance personnel.
No. of
Flrs
No. of
Units
Passenger
Capacity/Speed
No. of
Units
Service
Capacity/Speed
500+
5-6
4-5
400+
5-6
4-5
300
4-5
3-4
300
Up to 5
4-5
1,600 kg 1.2m/sec
3-4
76
Freight
Capacity/Speed
3-7 Floors
3000 kg 0.50 m/sec
Passenger Lifts
Service Lifts
Freight Lifts
Based on staffing
Average Interval
40 sec. max
50 sec. max
Waiting Time
30 sec. max
40 sec. max
12% min.
Based on staffing
1600 kg
1600 kg
Population Density
3000 kg
0.75 - 1.0 m/s
Speed
Up to 10 floors
1.75 m/sec
1.6 m/sec
11 floors to 15 floors
2.0 m/sec
1.75 m/sec
16 floors to 20 floors
2.5 m/sec
2.0 m/sec
21 floor to higher
3.5 m/sec
3.0 m/sec
26 floor to higher
2-3 units
2 units
3-4 units
2-3 units
4-5 units
3-4 units
5-6 units
4-5 units
3.45 m2
3.36 m2
Number of lifts
Center Opening
Center Opening
Vertical Sliding
1100 mm wide x
2300 mm high
Upward Opening
77
2500 mm wide x
2500 mm high
Notes:
- The above summaries are to be regarded as guidelines only, subject to
adjustment to local building configuration conditions, requirements, confirmation or
revision.
- Arrange elevators in a common lobby with no more than four in a line. Preferred
arrangement is two or more opposite each other to a maximum of four on a side.
Other arrangements may be dictated by aesthetics & building design.
- The bank of elevators should be highly visible for guests to locate.
- For hotels with 25 or more floors, consideration should be given to high-rise and
low-rise banks of elevators.
- Elevators and vending rooms that share a common wall with guest rooms or
within 300 mm of a wall assembly additional sound reinforcement shall be
provided. An Acoustical Consultant shall coordinate the detailing of the sound
attenuated walls.
- Common hoist ways shall not exceed applicable building code restrictions.
- Where possible, isolate elevator hoist ways from guestrooms by surrounding with
lobbies, mechanical shaft space, or stairwells.
- Elevator mechanical rooms should be located as remotely as possible from guest
rooms, (i.e., hydraulic elevator pump rooms- low rise hotel).
- Double deck units, shuttle lifts for high rise buildings 30 stories and higher, must
be analyzed by a lift specialist.
- Hotels having more than 300 rooms and/or more than 12 floors require an
individual traffic study to determine the number of lifts, capacities and speed.
- Where passenger lifts also serve banquet areas, additional elevators may be
required.
For ballrooms located above or below the ground floor, provide sufficient
vertical transportation in order to achieve a discharge time of 30 minutes based
on full occupancy of the ballroom.
- Where finishing materials in cab exceed a dead weight of 100 kg, the next larger
size must be specified to compensate for the loss of carrying capacity.
- Passenger cabs shall have a clear height of 3.0 m to receive finishes, and be no
less than 2.8 m with finishes applied.
- Service cabs shall have a clear height of 2.7 m to receive finishes, and be no less
than 2.5 m with finishes applied.
Lift system comprises the following:
- Hoistway and hoistway equipment
- Lift Car
- Fixtures and Indicators
Definitions:
- Passenger Lift: for guest use serving public and guestroom areas
- Service Lift: located in back of house areas for hotel personnel use.
- Freight Lift: serves banquet services for transporting large, heavy items to the
ballroom and/or meeting areas of the hotel
Hoistway
Minimally complying with the following:
Applicable building code
Top of each hoistway to be passively vented to the outside.
Brake
78
Lift Car
Minimally complying with the following:
Top Station
- Comprised of key operated switch and constant pressure up/down buttons on
each lift. Hydraulic lifts do not require this feature.
- Car to respond to up/down command at inspection speed.
- Provide electrical fixture of 40 W enclosed fluorescent, switched from car top
station.
Platform
- The entire platform to rest on rubber pads, so designed to form an isolating
cushion between the car and car frame.
- Platform deflection to maximum 3 mm under maximum load.
- Provide 600 x 400 mm, emergency hatch with electrical interlock and anchors for
handrails.
- To suppress noise and drumming effects, floor must be stiffened and lined with
fire retardant-treated plywood or other material, which will suit the proposed finish
- All finishing materials to be fire resistant.
- Sill to finished floor gap shall not exceed 25 mm.
- Gap between floor slab sill at hoist way entrance and car platform sill shall not
exceed 25 mm.
Car Doors
Minimally complying with the following:
General
- Center opening for passenger and service elevators, automatic operated, variable
speed, torque and pressure mechanism.
- Must be hung plumb and even to within 1 mm.
- Floor gibes to be well fitted so as to prevent popping noise as a car passes
structural members or car in motion in a shared shaft.
Rear Openings
- If rear opening is intended for passenger use, a third auxiliary operating panel to
be provided at rear opening.
79
Operating Panels
Minimally complying with the following:
Car-Operating Panel
- Provide a minimum of two in-car-operating panels for each passenger lift and a
minimum of one for service and freight lifts to contain the following:
Digital information display unit for travel direction and floor level indication
A series of push buttons or micro movement switches corresponding to the
floors served
Passenger lift car-operating panel button:
- Square buttons for guestroom floor levels approximately 22 mm x 22 mm
in dimension.
- Rectangular buttons for public area floor levels. Dimensions shall be
based on the arrangements of the square buttons and area should
accommodate for inscription of names of all outlets in the particular level.
- Interior designer and Graphic & Signage consultants to design the panels,
buttons and finishes.
Alarm button
Intercom
80
Door open/close
Emergency alarm connected to the main control panel located in the security
command center, at the engineering office or communication centre.
Key switch for manual or automatic operation
Key switch for fire and seismic operation
Key switch or card reader for secure access operation (as required to control
building access).
- Required on both sides for passenger elevator.
- Easily programmable by hotel.
- A locked compartment integral with operating panel shall contain:
Light and fan switches
Main Generator switch or rectifier supply switch
Speaker in each elevator, synthesized voice announcements.
- On sounding of general fire alarm, lifts shall interface with the Fire Alarm System.
Please see further details at the Fire and Life Safety System of this document.
- Emergency phone connected to the PABX.
See Attachment: H.I.T.S. Recommended Guest Lift Control Panel Button Configuration
Main Control Panel
- Location of the main control panel shall be at either the Security Command Centre
or as required by local authority. Alarms shall be repeated at the Engineering
Office and Communication Center.
- Key operated switches to shut down each lift or to bring the car to lobby.
- Provide emergency paging provisions selectable for individual or collective car
contact.
- Digital information display module integrated with, or separate from, the main
control panel.
- Position and Direction Indicators
- Panel display to indicate all lifts, dumb waiters and escalators position, direction of
travel, door status, and normal or independent service indicator.
- Automatic and manual switch to initiate retrieval through the fire alarm system.
Another key operated switch shall reset the system to normal service.
81
Hall Buttons
- A single micro movement push button provided at each terminal landing as
located by the Architect. For passenger car, design and finish as specified by
Interior Designer.
- A dual micro movement button on a single plate to be provided at each
intermediate floor as located by the Architect. For passenger car, design and
finish by Interior Designer.
- When a call is registered by momentary pressure on the push button, that button
shall become illuminated and remain illuminated until the call is answered.
Hall Lanterns
- One for each lift with finish as specified by Interior Designer or Architect.
- To be equipped with up and down indications at all levels except for each terminal
landing.
- When a car is stopping at a landing, the lantern to indicate the direction in which
the car is travelling and shall become illuminated prior to arrival of the car.
- A soft chime to announce the impending arrival of the associated lift.
Disabled Markings: Passenger Lifts
- Provide at car buttons and hall buttons in compliance with ADAAG disabled code
or as required by local code.
Exhaust Fan
- Quiet operating heavy-duty 3 speed exhaust fan with keyed switch in the caroperating panel.
Video/TV Monitors
- Flat panel 10.4 diagonal screen minimum.
- One per lift.
- Server to be located at marketing department.
- Applicable to passenger lift only.
Communication
Lift contractor shall allow for, and provide necessary cables and connection for
wireless communication providers to install wireless antennas within the elevator
shafts or on top of the elevator cars for Wi-Fi / cellular/ GSM type communications
equipment.
Hoisting Equipment
Minimally complying with the following:
Hoisting equipment shall be from manufacturers latest state of the art technology
consisting of the following:
- Speed drive
DC drive
Motor generator
AC drive
AC variable speed drive
- Controller
- Power inverters
- Speed governor
- Gearless hoist machine
- Geared hoist machine
- Motion control
82
Emergency Cranking
- Hoisting machines to be provided with a set of special tools, such as emergency
access tool to open cab outer doors, a hand crank or similar tool to release the
hoist brake and provide for manual movement of the car in case of emergency.
- Provide a tool board fitted to a wall in the lift machine room, with instructions for
their use clearly written on the board both in English and the local language.
- A switch to be provided at the hoist way machine room to interrupt power to the lift
mains.
Machine Room-less Elevators
- Machine room-less elevators can be used if feasible and requested by the
architect, if location prohibits machine room.
Energy Efficiency/Sustainable energy use
- Energy efficiency of the hoisting equipment machinery and controls must be a
major factor in the selection process.
Ropes
Compensating Rope
- Minimally required for all systems with speed over 2.0 m/sec, or travel in excess of
30.0 m, to compensate for the shifting weight of the hoist ropes.
- Compensating chain where provided to be enclosed in a plastic flame resistant
jacket to minimize noise.
Hoist Ropes
- Must be traction steel material.
- Governor ropes to be steel. All ropes to consist of minimally eight strands wound
about hemp core center.
- Wear indicator feature is required.
83
84
85
P1
P2
P3
S4
S5
2)
Operation: (please )
- Simplex
- Group
Fireman Phase 1 & 2
In-House Fire Brigade
Emergency Power
Seismic Operation
Landing Served
No. of Opening, Front
86
Lift No.
P1
P2
P3
S4
S5
Car Finishes
Indicate Lift No (from previous section) Covered by this Schedule and Describe Finishes ________
Description of Proposed Finishes
Ceilings:
Walls:
Base/Skirting:
Cab Door:
Door Header:
Handrails:
Threshold:
Flooring:
Main Operating Panels:
Auxiliary Operating Panels:
Cab Emergency Lighting:
Decorative Lobby Hoist Way:
Lantern/Finishes:
Car Position/Motion Indicator:
Video/TV monitor
Main Lobby Position/Motion Indicator
Emergency Monitoring Panel:
87
Dumb Waiter
Minimally complying with the following:
General Standards
- Shall conform to the general standards stipulated in the Lift System.
Submittals
- Shall conform to the submittals stipulated in the Lift System.
88
Escalator Systems
Minimum Features and Specifications
Minimally conform to ASME part VIII or locally prevailing codes, whichever is the
higher, including sprinkler installation and/or fire shutter designed to stop smoke and
fire transfer from floor to floor, per NFPA 101.
Maximum 30 inclination.
For cross arrangement, the ends of the handrail of the lower and upper escalators to
be at the same horizontal position so as to present uniform appearance.
Safety Features
Minimally, the following safety devices shall be incorporated in the escalators:
- Step chain safety device shall form part of the tension carriage and will be
provided with safety switches, one for each chain.
- Safety switches shall be easily accessible. On sensing a break in the step chain or
drop of the chain tension below or above to a predetermined value, the safety
switches to cut off supply of power to the escalator, thus halting the escalator.
- Drive chain safety device to be similar in operation to step chain safety device.
- Handrail guard switch stops escalator automatically when handrail movement is
interrupted. Handrail guard and safety device need to be incorporated to prevent
objects from being caught in the exit or entry of the handrails.
- Skirt guard safety switch stops the escalator automatically when an object is
sensed between the step and skirt guard.
- Minimally handrails to be endless, rounded - rectangular in section rubber, with
reinforced linen core, synchronized with speed of steps.
- Comb plates are required at the lower and upper entrance and exit, installed in
sections, in high visibility yellow color.
89
- Each step section should have combs in high visibility yellow color.
Emergency Stop Buttons
- Emergency stop buttons to be provided at upper and lower newel post.
- In areas of seismic activity, a seismic switch will be wired to the emergency stop
button. A key will be necessary to reset the emergency button and the seismic
shutdown.
- During fire operation, stationary escalators may be required to serve as egress
route. A signal from the fire alarm panel will stop the escalator. Restarting would
require restoration of fire alarm circuit and restarting switch.
Key Operated Switch
- Key operated switch to be provided at the lower and the upper level of each
escalator. This key switch shall have 3 positions: UP-OFF-DOWN motion.
Nominal Speed
- Escalator to be capable of operating in both directions at 0.5 m/sec with 2 persons
on each tread.
- Provide a programmable run down/start up energy saving system with
programmable range infrared sensors to detect usage and approaching persons
to automatically start and stop the escalator.
Control Board
- The control board to have all necessary relays, contactors, push buttons, overload
devices, safety switches and circuit breakers for the safe operation of the system.
- Micro switches used for the monitoring of safety devices to be of a quick snap-on
type with non-sticking contacts. Relays used to be of continuous duty rated type.
- Sufficient auxiliary contacts or relays must be provided for signaling of escalator
stoppage. Sensing cables and visual monitoring panel to be provided and
installed.
Lighting
Minimally complying with the following:
Light outlet fittings, switches and wiring together with general purpose power point
outlets to facilitate maintenance at machine compartment, pit and in the escalator
trusses.
Comb illuminators with the following features:
- Connected to the control panel and wired so that the skirt guard strobe
illuminators shall operate only when the escalators are in motion.
- Low voltage comb lights shall illuminate the full tread width.
Finishes
Minimally complying with the following:
Balustrades to be of the extended newel type presenting not less than two leveled
tread at upper and lower ends.
Handrail decks, and deck boards to be minimally aluminum extrusions polished and
anodized or as specified by Interior Designer.
Balustrades and paneling to be minimally tempered and toughened high quality glass
or as specified by Interior Designer.
Skirt guard to be minimally of stainless steel hairline finish or as specified by Interior
Designer.
90
Provide sufficient space for a sprinkler pipe concealed longitudinally under the truss
cover, with outlets for sprinkler heads.
All joints to allow for the expansion and contraction of Interior Designers selected
finishes.
91
92
Attachment
Lift & Escalator Systems
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B1
B2
B3
21
22
19
20
17
18
15
16
13
14
11
12
10
CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS,
60606,
USA
SCALE NTS
ER&MS Version 4
NOTE HYATT INTERNATIONAL DRAWINGS ARE NOT PRODUCED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THEY ARE TO BE USED ONLY TO INFORM THOSE CONCERNED AS TO HYATT
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NO OTHER USE MAY BE MADE OF SUCH DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE PROPER CONSENT OF HYATT INTERNATIONAL
92.1
Operational Concept
The electrical supply is the prime mover of the hotel. A reliable power system is of
utmost importance, without which the hotel cannot function properly.
Safety is the prime concern. Various levels of fault discrimination on the protection
system shall be applied to achieve this, as well as minimizing power interruption.
The electrical systems shall minimally include the following:
Incoming Utility Services
Emergency Standby Power System
Distribution Network
Circuitry
Power Receptacles and Outlets
Lighting
Switching
Motors
Grounding Systems and Lightning Protection
Miscellaneous Equipment
Electrical Safety Equipment
Design Criteria
Designer shall explore sustainable design and alternate energy sources using
renewable energy and implement energy savings initiatives to help protect and
conserve the environment. Designer shall obtain a copy of H.I.T.S. Sustainable
Design Criteria prior to designing of the electrical system. Below are a list some of the
recommendations:
- On Site Renewable Energy: Some of the applicable on-site renewable energy
system include: photovoltaic systems, solar thermal system, bio-fuel based
electrical power, geothermal heating systems, geothermal electric systems, lowimpact hydro electric power systems, wave and tidal power systems. Calculations
for energy cost supplied by the renewable energy systems to be as per the
proposed building performance determined in accordance with Appendix G of
ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1- 2004. Consultants to target 5-15% building
energy cost to be offset by the use of on-site renewable.
- Green Power: Use grid-source, renewable energy technologies on a net zero
pollution basis. Provide when applicable a minimum of 35% of the buildings
electric power from renewable sources or green power derived from solar, wind,
geothermal, biomass or low impact hydro sources.
93
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Green power may be purchased from a Green-e certified power marketer, from a
Green-e accredited utility program, through Green-e Tradable Renewable
Certificates, or from supply that meets Green-e-renewable power definition. This
definition may vary.
Design to include analysis of economics, energy requirement and alternate equipment
and materials.
Preliminary Load Schedule
- Refer to the preliminary load schedule for the various areas of the hotel for
compilation of preliminary load calculations.
See Attachment: Preliminary Load Schedule
Power Factor Correction
- Minimum of .95 power factor correction is required to encourage energy savings
Safety Requirements
Flood Precautions
- In areas prone to flooding, all electrical equipment shall minimally be held to a
minimum of 2 meters above historical flood stage. Where this is not possible, only
feeders and non-essential equipment shall be installed below the high water mark.
All feeders traversing or servicing equipment below this level shall be readily
isolatable. In addition, a diesel or gasoline powered sump pump shall be
permanently installed to protect all electrical installations.
Life Safety Loads
- Minimally feeders supplying power and lighting to life safety systems shall have a
current capacity of 150% of non-diversified lighting loads, and 250% of nondiversified rotating loads.
- Feeders shall be de-rated for voltage drops and ambient conditions.
- Motors of 0.40 kW and larger shall be for operation on 380/420 volts, 3 phase
service.
- Disconnect switches or breakers supplying power to life safety equipment shall
interface with the main and repeater panels for fire alarm and building automation
systems via a supervised circuit. The panels shall display their respective position,
and generate both a localized and a centralized fault alarm at any time the vital
power or control circuit is defeated. Alarm shall visually and audibly indicate the
fault.
Computer, PABX, MATV Rooms
- In order to prevent interference from electromagnetic (EMI) or static fields, the
Computer/PABX room and cable risers must not be located near any major
electrical equipment such as large motors, elevator equipment rooms,
transformers, ballasts or the like.
- Computer/PABX room must be free from any radio frequency interference.
- The building data/telephone entrance facility room housing the Main Telephone
Terminal Board (MTB) and or MDF shall be separated from main electrical
94
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
equipment rooms by a minimum distance of 3.0 m. The rooms shall not have a
common wall.
Wiring Color Code
- All incoming and distribution network cabling should minimally be color-coded in
accordance with local convention or with the attached schedule, if no local
standard exists.
Thermal Imaging
- Thermal imaging/scan of electrical panels to be performed by electrical contractprior to handover to Hyatt. Result to be provided to Hyatt as part of handover
documentation.
See Attachment: Recommended Electric Wiring Color Coding System
95
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
- The core material of all transformers shall be cold-rolled, grain oriented, high
permeability silicon steel.
- Vibration isolation pads shall be provided to isolate the core and coil assembly
from the base structure.
- For transformers 30kVA-300kVA, provide two 2-1/2 percent full capacity taps
above and below nominal primary voltage. For transformers 15kVA and smaller as
well as 500kVA and larger, provide one 5 percent full capacity tap above and
below nominal primary voltage.
- Efficiency for transformers shall not be less than per NEMA TP2 - Standard Test
Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Distribution Transformers and
NEMA TP 1 - Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution
Transformers.
- Provide fuel oil leak detection system and containment of oil spill for both day
tanks and the main storage tank.
- Provide automatic safety shut-off valves on the fuel oil supply lines from main tank
to day tank and from day tank to the generator.
96
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
97
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
entertainment centre, banqueting areas, casino, retail shops, apartment units and
detached buildings. See Sub-Metering Matrix under the BAS chapter. Specified meters
to be compatible with Building Automation System to permit automatic recording,
storage, retrieval and analysis of data. In addition, specified meters to provide accurate
measurement (+ / -1%) over anticipated range of flows, pressures, temperatures, power
consumption, etc. to be measured.
Distribution Network
Main Distribution Panels
- All main distribution panels and boards shall be readily identifiable, easily
accessible and provided with a master keyed cylinder lock. Panels and boards
shall be modular, with dead-front cover on a welded heavy angle iron frame,
factory assembled, anticorrosion treated, primed and painted, set on concrete pad
and bonded to grounding grid.
- In areas where voltage variation exceeds +/- 10%, voltage regulators are required.
- The main distribution bus shall be split into two services to which essential and
non-essential loads shall connect and wired in such a manner that failure of one
primary service shall cause the breaker to open and disconnect the power to the
non-essential bus.
- Selecting study must be done for all switches.
Feeder Design
- Conductors must be 100% copper. No other material is acceptable.
- Feeder design shall be such that voltage drop does not exceed 3% at the furthest
outlet for power, heating, or lighting loads, or combinations of such loads.
- Maximum total voltage drop on branch circuits at the farthest outlet shall not
exceed 5%.
- Minimally, branch circuit to be designed at 125% capacity.
- Minimally, individual feeder distribution will be provided in each area listed below:
Circuit Breakers
- Circuit breakers shall minimally be provided in main and sub distribution boards.
Bolt-on type is recommended on 800 amp and larger.
Sub Distribution Panel
- Sub distribution panels are to minimally be provided with a master keyed cylinder
lock, floor mounted or wall-mounted in a heavy gauge metal box with metal door.
Internal components shall meet the following criteria:
Panel internal bus components shall be copper buses and neutral block.
Breakers shall mount securely by means of lug connection.
Each panel and circuit breaker shall be numbered and a directory mounted on
the door shall indicate the area served by each breaker.
Two and three pole breakers for polyphase use shall operate as one unit.
- Panels connected to the emergency plant shall be separate from other supply and
all keyed alike. These panels shall be clearly marked Emergency Power.
- Panels servicing computer equipment require an independent grounding bus and
dedicated circuits.
- Panels including those servicing kitchens shall be located only in service
circulation areas of the hotel and the selected position must ensure ready access
at all hours. Panels shall not be placed in wet, humid or similar hostile
environment.
98
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
conduits.
PVC conduits may only be used when installed in space above the false ceiling
that is not used as a return air plenum, buried in concrete floor or walls.
Conduit runs shall avoid hostile environments.
Where PVC or Fiberglass conduit is used, a 5th bare conductor for ground is
required.
All cable trays are to minimally be of galvanized steel.
No life safety system cables shall be permitted in cable trays regardless of
shortness of run. Cables for Life Safety shall be provided in separate EMT metal
conduits.
Cable insulation shall be halogen free and rated for a minimum rating of 3 times
system voltage or a minimum 600 volts whichever is larger. Insulation shall be
rated to withstand immersion in water, oil, gasoline and exposure to common
airborne contaminants, sunlight and other forms of radiation exposures.
Cables in conduit risers shall be well supported to limit tension and compression
forces.
Wireways shall be UL listed. Metal wireways shall not be used in the following:
Where subject to severe physical damage.
Where subject to severe corrosive environment.
Circuitry
Guestrooms
Guestroom Circuit Breakers/Lighting Circuits
- Minimally each room to be connected to a dedicated circuit breaker panel.
- A programmable Room Control Unit shall be provided to allow integration with
Other Areas
Public areas to conform with the Interior Design and Lighting Design requirements.
99
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Power Outlets
Power outlets required in all areas shall minimally be in accordance with interior
Specifications
Pin Configuration
- Outlet pin configuration shall conform to country standard. In case there is not a
country standard, then the socket outlets are to conform to standard German
practice (DIN/VDE). All receptacles shall be grounded as per applicable code.
- In the guestroom provide duplex universal outlet, beside the desk, in addition to a
standard outlet and a universal outlet at each bedside for guest equipment.
Universal outlet cover should identify voltage.
Power Supply to Computer System Equipment
- Each power outlet shall minimally be clean power fed by a dedicated circuit with
separate grounding conductor of the same gauge as the current carrying
conductors.
- Must be identified by a unique pin configuration or color.
Emergency Power Outlets
- Power outlets connected to the emergency circuit to be furnished with a L.E.D
pilot light or a distinct label.
Dimmable Outlets
- Power outlets connected to the lighting control or dimming system circuit shall be
of a unique pin configuration or color.
Furniture Installations
- Connections for electrical or electronic devices built into a furniture item shall have
disconnection capability for each service via an insulated, polarized, locked
connector.
Provision for Exhibitions
- Ballroom areas to have three-phase electrical outlets with neutral and ground
conductors minimally one outlet per 20 linear meter of perimeter wall with a
minimum capacity of 63 amps each.
MEP Equipment Rooms
- Provide for three-phase, 32 amp outlets in main MEP rooms, technical workshops,
receiving dock and at 30 linear meter intervals around the perimeter of the hotel.
100
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Level), or 50 mm above desk height i.e. 780-850 mm AFFL. Final heights shall be
determined by Interior Designer, Architect or Kitchen Consultant.
Switching
Guestroom
- See Guestroom Technology chapter
Kitchen, Bar and Laundry areas
- Provide all Kitchen, Bar and Laundry equipment with vapor proof switches in
Motors
All motors must be properly sized.
All motors need to have high power factor and be highly energy efficient.
101
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Minimally, large rotating equipment such as elevators, chillers, boilers, kitchen and
laundry equipment to be furnished with a starter supplied by the same
manufacturer.
All apparatus, which is to be duty cycled by an energy management system, to be
furnished with a two-stage starter.
All motors to have a final connection consisting of flexible, armored, water
resistant conduit.
Where a motor is not within sight of its respective disconnect switch, a local
lockout switch shall be provided.
When a disconnect switch is in the off position, the handle of the disconnect shall
be provided with a means of locking the handle in that position.
Control Centers
Specific Features
- Minimally, Motor Control Centers (MCC) shall be provided in spaces where
-
several motor loads are concentrated. Each piece of apparatus shall have its own
dedicated circuit/MCC cubicle.
Magnetic starters to be provided for loads greater than 0.4 kW using push button,
on/off reset on each starter. Neon lights or LED to indicate running status of each.
Fuses and re-settable thermal overload protection must be provided for each unit.
Provide phase loss protection for each 3-phase starter in the MCC.
Resetting of phase loss protection to be manual
Phase condition to be indicated by a series of LED lights.
For motors with in-rush voltage drops of 10% or more, provide a selectable, 3phase amp and voltmeter and a multistage reduced voltage starter.
Where air handling units are connected to the generator for purposes of
maintaining comfort conditions during an electrical outage, a two speed starter
and motor to be provided on each load. Motor to operate only on low speed when
fed by the emergency generator.
All motors larger than 1.0 kW, which are necessary to operate life safety
equipment in a fire mode, shall have at least a two-stage reduced voltage starter
and separate ampere and voltage meters.
Where MCC is serving both normal and emergency operated loads, it shall have a
split bus system with corresponding feeders.
Complete electro thermal imaging scan of each MCC panel shall be performed at
full load by the electrical contractor prior to handover of the hotel. Result to ne
provided to Hyatt as part of handover documentation.
102
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Lightning Protection
- Must be designed to fully protect all structures.
- Must conform to the certification requirements of Underwriter Laboratories and
Miscellaneous Equipment
Electrical Test Panel
- Provide a test panel in the electrical repair shop.
- Panel to have disconnect switch, three-phase disconnect outlets, ballasts, fuse
terminals, lamp sockets, low voltage continuity circuit tester, and multiple (120/240
V) for utility voltages.
Heat Tracing
- Provide electric heat tracing on piping and mechanical equipment exposed to
freezing conditions.
- Electric heat tracing to be self-limiting system complete with electric cable,
conduit, outlets, thermostats, fittings, automatic controls, low temperature alarms,
and all other required material.
- Temperature alarms to be provided where heat trace failure could be damaging to
the mechanical installation
- Where required, provide electric/hydronic ice melting for parking ramps, porte
cochere, driveways based on economic analysis.
Individual Area Metering
- Electric statistical kWh meters to be provided in each profit center and retail shops
with a connected load in excess of 2.0 kW.
- Larger facilities such as Casinos, Apartments, Offices, Commercial Shops and
Tenant Spaces intended for an outside operator shall each receive both kWh
(consumption) and kW (demand) statistical meters connected to the Building
Automation System.
- Where the hotel supplies electricity to adjoining building elements or tenants, or
when the hotel is supplied from a nearby plant, demand and consumption meters
to be provided on the consumers side.
- Where such shared services extend to emergency power generation, a set of
meters shall be provided for each.
Window Cleaning Gantry
- Minimally required for all multi-level properties.
103
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Minimally an all metal basket suspended by two steel cables each with its own
cable drum and to be operated from the roof and at the gantry.
Must be electrically powered and shall connect to normal and emergency power to
lower or raise the gantry. A second motor will be provided for reversible lateral
movement.
Safeguards are required to prevent operation from the roof when the gantry has
been deployed off the roof.
Minimally provide securely attached safety belts for certified number of occupants
and cleaning equipment.
The manufacturer shall confirm certification to fabricate, install, and service such
product.
The manufacturer and installer shall have no less than 5 years documented
experience in the manufacturing or installation of works in this field and be able to
provide professional commissioning of the system. Manufacturers shall provide a
list of five comparable projects that have the features as specified for this project.
These projects must be operational.
Manufacturers shall employ specialists in the field including Programming,
Engineering, Field Supervision, and Installation. Specialists shall have a minimum
of five years of experience.
104
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Signs to be constantly illuminated with dual, energy efficient LED lamps. One (1)
lamp running from mains and emergency power supply and one (1) lamp from
integrated constantly re-charging battery power supply.
- 2-Hour trickle charged battery back up shall additionally be provided where the
change over from normal power shall be instantaneous or indiscernible.
Emergency Lighting
- As a minimum requirement, an emergency lighting system that shall respond
automatically to a loss or interruption of normal power shall be provided to all hotel
areas.
- The system shall change from normal power to emergency power within a period
not to exceed 10 seconds. The level of illumination provided shall be a minimum
of 10 lux and shall be available for a period not less than 90 minutes or as
required by the authorities having jurisdiction over the project.
-
105
Attachments
Electrical Systems
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Lighting W/m
40
10
Atriums
30
10
Elevator Lobbies
40
20
Meeting Rooms
60
10
Pre-function
60
80
60 -100
100
Stage Lighting
90
100
Exhibit Spaces *
60
120
Bar
30
10-20
Restaurant
30
20-30
Auditorium
35
50
40
25
Office Areas *
40
10
Guest Rooms
25
25
15-20
15
Service Corridors
10
Kitchens *
40
Laundry/Housekeeping *
25
15
15-20
10
15
10
Workshops ***
20
20
Retail
40
75
Projection Room
20
220
Linen Closets
15
25
30
20
Parking Interior
Ballrooms
Guest Corridors
105.1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Lighting W/m
Parking Exterior
10
Paths Exterior
10
30
20
10
Tennis Courts
75
Spa/Reception
40
10
Treatment Room
15
10
Exercise Areas
50
80
50-70
80
105.2
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Lux
Incandescent
LV
Halogen
Main entrance
380
Balcony entrance
50
Lobbies
HID
Metal
Halide
LED
Fluorescent
Task
Orient
Remarks
Atriums
100200
*
Elevator Lobbies
200
Meeting Rooms
400
Pre-function
200
Ballroom
400
Exhibit Spaces
600
Front desk
400
Offices
400
Retail
600
Newsstand
300
Entertainment
Centre
300
Bar lounge
250
Restaurants
500
Indirect
Public corridor
200
Concealed
Public toilets
350
Concealed
Cloak Room
150
Concealed
Guest Rooms
300
Night/Desk
Reading
Guest Bathroom
500
Vanity
Business Centre
400
Executive Offices
400
Stairways
100
Loading
Platforms
200
X
X
D - Concealed
D - Concealed
X
A
X
Displays
X
Displays
X
A
105.3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Lux
Building exists
(docked)
10
Admin. Conf.
Room
400
Kitchens
Incandescent
LV
Halogen
HID
Metal
Halide
LED
Fluorescent
Task
Orient
Remarks
600
W / Diffusers
Pantries
200
Public Areas
Laundry
600
W / Diffusers
Linen/
Housekeeping
450
W / Diffusers
Main Mech.
Rooms
400
Mechanical
Rooms
200
400
Training Room
400
Service Corridors
150
Workshops
400
Parking (interior)
50
Parking (exterior)
320
W / Diffusers
W / Diffusers
At work
Walks, Paths,
Roadway
15-50
Landscaped
Pool Deck
100
Tennis Courts
800
Green Courts
Squash Courts
800
Blue Courts
Exercise Room
400
Spa
400
B
A
B - Concealed
X
B - Concealed
105.4
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
System
RED
Fire Detection
BLUE
GREEN
Audio System
YELLOW
Visual System
BROWN
Telephone
PINK
Emergency Lighting
ORANGE
PURPLE
Emergency Paging
GREY
Security
BLACK
Computer LAN
If Local Code dictates color coding, notification must be made on tender documents.
105.5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
See
Footnotes
Fire Pumps
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Hold up Alarm
100%
100%
100%
Security Communications
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Security Surveillance
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
PABX/Telephony
100%
100%
100%
Seismic Functions
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
--
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Equipment
105.6
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
See
Footnotes
Elevators Passenger
33%
33%
33%
Elevators Service
One
33%
33%
Elevators Freight
--
--
One
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Domestic Pumps
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
--
100%
100%
AHU
--
50%
50%
50%
50%
100%
Heating Plant
100%
100%
100%
--
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
--
--
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Translation Facilities
100%
100%
100%
Teleconference System
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
TV Sets
100%
100%
100%
105.7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
See
Footnotes
Garage Ventilation
50%
50%
100%
Ice Makers
100%
100%
100%
Presidential Suites
100%
100%
100%
Security Lighting
100%
100%
100%
Egress Lighting
100%
100%
100%
Exit Signs
100%
100%
100%
Step Lights
100%
100%
100%
Elevator Lighting
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Helicopter Beacon
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
15%
50%
50%
15%
15%
100%
15%
15%
100%
15%
25%
50%
15%
15%
15%
25%
25%
100%
Equipment
Index of Reliability:
a. Standby electrical service and/or standby generator for recorded accrued outages of
0-50 hours annually, and individual outages not exceeding 15 minutes.
b. Standby generator connected loads for recorded accrued outages of 51-250 hours
annually, or individual outages exceeding 15 minutes.
c. Continuous duty emergency generator connected loads for accrued outages of
251-500 hours annually.
Note: For outages in excess of 500 hours annually a design strategy must be developed
in consultation with HITS.
Footnotes:
1. Life safety loads and special provision.
2. Where outside design conditions are:
105.8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
105.9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Qty
Capacity
Special Features
2 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
Bedside Convenience
2 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
Universal Type as per I.D.
requirement
Cordless Phone
2 x 0.10 kW
Flush Mounted
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
2 x 0.10 kW
Flush Mounted
(loose fixture)
2 x 0.10 kW
Recessed
Floor Lamp
1 x 0.15 kW
Flush Mounted
Desk Lamp
1 x 0.15 kW
Flush Mounted
1 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
1 x 0.20 kW
2 x 0.20 kW
Art Light
2 x 0.10 kW
Recessed
1 x 0.25 kW
Flush Mounted
Utility/Iron Outlet
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Tea/Coffee Maker
1 x 0.75 kW
Flush Mounted
TV
1 x .50 kW
Flush Mounted
DVD, if any
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
TV Accessory *
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
Down Light at WC
1 x 0.10 kW
Recessed
1 x 0.20 kW
3 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
Vanity Lights
2 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
105.10
2 Universal Type
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Qty
Capacity
Special Features
1 x 0.20 kW
Closet Light
2 x 0.10 kW
Recessed
1 x 0.10 kW
Recessed
Balcony Light
1 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
1 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
1 x 0.20 kW
1 x 1.0 kW
Flush Mounted
Electric Drapery/Curtains
For RC Rooms/Suites
1 x 1.50 kW
1 x 0.15 kW
Flush mounted
Makeup/Shaving Mirror
1 x 0.10 kW
FCU Outlet
1 x 1.50 kW
Concealed Hardwired
TV Set in Bathroom*
1 x 0.15 kW
Concealed
Anti-Fog Mirror
1 x 0.15 kW
1 x 0.50 kW
Under Floor
Nightlight *
1 x 0.10 kW
Concealed
General Purpose
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
105.11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Qty
Capacity
Special Features
DVD Player
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
TV/Bath (GFCI)
1 x 0.15 kW
Audio Components
1 x 0.40 kW
Flush Mounted
Curtain/drape
(see mfg. Specifications)
Elect. / Drive
Powder Room
(General Purpose)
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
2 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
Executive and Presidential Suites shall be provided with the following electrical
outlets in addition to those shown for the Standard Suite Room:
Purpose/Location
Qty
Capacity
Special Features
TV
0.50 kW
Flush Mounted
3 x 0.15 kW
Under Floor
Powder Room
(General Purpose)
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
2 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
2 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Sauna
4.5 kW
Flush Mounted
Whirlpool
0.75 kW
Flush Mounted
Steam Room
3.00 kW
Presidential Suites
As required
Presidential Suites
105.12
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Qty
Capacity
Dishwasher/Dryer
1X 1.50 kW
Toaster
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Drink Mixer
1 x 0.20 kW
Flush Mounted
1 x 1.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Refrigerator
1 x 0.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Convenience
2 X 1.00 kW
Flush Mounted
Microwave
1 X 1.0 kW
Flush Mounted
Exhaust Hood
1 X 0.50 kW
Flush Mounted
Sink Disposal
1 X 0.50 kW
Recessed
Light Fixtures
3 x 0.20 kW
Recessed
105.13
Special Features
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Approx.
Capacity
Special
Hotel Type
Hotel Area
Resort
Business
Convention
Per Outlet
Features
1/20 m2
1/15 m2
1/10 m2
3.5 kW
or per layout
3.5kW
or per layout
1/10 m
1/20 m
1/7.5 m
Meeting Room
(See notes)
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
3.5 kW
or per layout
Drawing Rooms
1/15 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
3.5kW
or per layout
Board Rooms
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
3.5kW
or per layout
Pre-function Areas
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
3.5kW
or per layout
Lobby
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
0.50kW
or per layout
Circulation Corridor
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
0.50kW
or per layout
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
0.50 kW
or per layout
Service Corridors
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
0.50 kW
or per layout
Food Service
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
1/15 m2
1.5 kW
or per layout
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1/10 m2
1.5 kW
or per layout
Office
1/30 m2
1/30 m2
1/30 m2
0.50 kW
or per layout
Workshops
1/30 m2
1/30 m2
1/20 m2
3.5 kW
or per layout
Store Rooms
1/20 m2
1/20 m2
1/20 m2
0.20 kW
or per layout
Restaurants
1/20 m2
1/20 m2
1/20 m2
0.20 kW
or per layout
105.14
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
105.15
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
BC
EC
FC
NFPA
IBC
ANSI
ASTM
IES
IEEE
IPCEA
NEMA
NFPA
Underwriters Laboratories
UL
Factory Mutual
FM
NEC
ETL
BOCA
ISO
105.16
Operational Concept
Lighting is a major electricity user in the hotel. Besides using electricity, lighting also
generates heat, contributing to cooling loads that are generally met by using more
electricity for air conditioning. The functions of light are separated into distinct elements:
General Lighting
- Maintaining a modest overall level of light in a total area to assure ease and safety
of movement.
Task Lighting
- Allowing proper vision for tasks within the direct circumference of the individual or
people involved.
Accent Lighting
- Creating focal points, emphasizing objects and giving drama to spaces.
Security Lighting
- Lighting shall be provided in an apparent manner as per security consultant. It
may alternatively be more closely integrated with the perimeter conditions and
landscaping. All lighting must provide a level of intensity that is higher than the
surrounding conditions when required and shall be activated permanently or
switched via manual or system interfaces. Security lighting must not be utilized
during daylight hours for energy saving.
Emergency Lighting
- As a minimum requirement, an emergency lighting system that responds
automatically to a loss or interruption of normal power shall be provided to all hotel
areas.
- The system shall change from normal power to emergency power within a period
not to exceed 10 seconds, or less if required by local code. The average level of
illumination provided shall be a minimum of 10 lux and shall be available for a
period not less than 90 minutes or longer if required by the authorities having
jurisdiction over the project.
- 2-hour trickle charge battery backup shall additionally be provided where the
changeover from normal power shall be instantaneous or indiscernible.
In nature, general, task and accent lighting co-exist at all times of the day or night.
Minimally, the lighting of every man-made space should also involve all three of these
elements, again with proportions varied according to particular area usage.
The following is a list of minimum requirements, which must be tailored to each project.
The Architect, Interior Designer, Signage Consultant, Art Consultant, Landscaping
Designer, Lighting Consultant, Electrical Consultant, Security Consultant and
106
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Design Criteria
The design shall consider energy efficiency and implement green building initiatives and
reduction of greenhouse gas emissions but at the same time provide high quality lighting
for hotel.
Sustainable Design
The lighting designer is required to work with the Sustainability Consultant in order to
implement the sustainable initiatives stipulated in Building Sites and Site components
and Indoor Environmental Systems sections of the Sustainable Design chapter of
ER&MS.
For lighting level criteria, see Electrical Systems chapter.
107
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Highlighting to be provided for special art objects, flower arrangements, paintings, and
rockery. Consideration should be given to evening lighting of any surrounding
landscape to facilitate the view.
Reception Area
The front desk area is physically integrated with lobby decor and overall atmosphere;
the prominence is to be downplayed so as to avoid being featured as a major
element. The lighting should be soft.
The front desks should also be provided with task lighting incorporated into the
design.
Seating Areas
The lighting to be coordinated with the adjoining lobby areas.
The lighting control systems to provide for separate control of this area so a change of
mood can be facilitated at different times.
Atmosphere to be comfortable and inviting and the lighting levels should accentuate
the warm, friendly mood of the space.
108
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
The support system shall be suitably supported by the buildings structure and shall
facilitate the mounting of all such lighting as may be required.
The system shall be concealed or integrated within the ceiling design in accordance
with the interior design.
The system is required to have sections that can be electrically lowered to the floor to
allow all light fittings to be changed or adjusted without the need for ladders,
scaffolds, or mobile lifts.
The system is required to provide adequate supports for lighting that are to be
concentrated around, above, behind, and in front of principal areas designated for
stage locations.
Provisions for the support of supplementary stage lighting to cover the remainder of
the ballroom are also required.
Public Toilets
Provide ambient lighting throughout with additional accent/task lighting at the vanity
area.
Guest Lifts
Provide ambient lighting incorporated within the car design.
Guestroom Corridors
Provide direct and indirect lighting. Variation in the direction of the lighting should be
used to alleviate the monotony of long corridors.
Provide additional focal type fixtures at each guestroom door entry.
Provide accent lights on artwork and plants.
Provide multiple circuitries to reduce lighting level to 50% for energy savings during
off hours (e.g. from 11:00 pm to 6:00 am), by connecting to the centralized dimming
control system or the BAS.
Provide dimming and on/off controls via an extension of the centralized dimming
control system for public areas.
109
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Guestrooms/Suites
Individual lighting of objects and art pieces throughout the room should be used to
establish a residential ambiance. Innovative and energy efficient lighting fixtures with
excellent design qualities along with dimming controls are to be provided. Refer to
Guestroom Technology section for lighting control functions.
Fluorescent lamps may be considered in guestrooms for limited use.
LED lamps shall be used as applicable.
Living/Dining Areas
Integration of lighting into any architectural element is desirable. Living area lighting to
be controlled by a two-way master switch at the entry area and the bedside.
Accent lighting to be provided for any feature artwork.
All loose lighting fixtures to have built-in dimming switches at base.
Localized electronic programmable dimming system is required for the suites.
Bathrooms/Closets/Dressing Areas
The focal point for lighting should be the vanity and mirror area.
Lighting levels in all bathrooms and dressing areas shall avoid shadows.
The color rendering properties of the lighting should be neutral or CRI of 100.
Bathrooms preferably shall have a combination of down lights and wall sconces.
Sconces should be provided at the vanity.
Illuminated make-up mirrors are required.
All fixtures in the bathroom wet areas to be water and vapor proof.
Bathroom to be provided with at least with two circuits. Down lights in the center
shower and tub areas shall be dimmed.
Localized electronic programmable dimming system is required for the suites.
Concealed fluorescent lamps may be acceptable in the bathrooms (i.e. cove lighting),
except for vanity areas.
Kitchen/Pantry in Suites
A combination of fluorescent and non-fluorescent lighting may be used for down
lights, cabinet lighting and counter lighting.
110
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Entertainment Center
Lighting for this area should include general lighting in the form of down lights and
wall sconces, as well as table lamps.
The lighting should be flexible to reflect the multi-function of the room.
Special stage lighting is required for live entertainment and to be designed together
with an entertainment lighting specialist in coordination with an Audio Visual
specialist.
Highlighting to be provided for any artwork.
Commercial Areas
All retail and supporting shop areas to use light sources and colors that are
compatible with the adjacent hotel areas. Care should be taken to blend the ambiance
of adjoining spaces, while maintaining proper light levels necessary for the retail
establishments.
111
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Training Room
Lighting control to be grouped to allow for flexibility between general, task, and accent
lighting.
Position and selection of fixtures to allow for flexibility of room usage and furniture
configuration
Local dimming shall be provided.
Exterior Lighting
Exterior lighting is essential to enhance the aesthetics of the hotel exterior areas and
faade, together with all landscaped areas, and to provide building identification and
security around the property. Lighting shall also serve to reinforce the feeling of
quality and exclusivity of the property during the hours of darkness.
Security of the building and guests should also be considered when designing exterior
lighting. See Security section for additional information.
- Exterior Security Lighting Requirements
Lighting must provide a level of illumination that is higher than the surrounding
conditions, when required, and shall be activated permanently or switched via
manual or system interfaces.
Lighting levels must be suficient to allow security personnel to detect security
incidents either directly or while viewing CCTV monitors.
Lighting levels at entryways must be sufficient for security personel to perform
access control and visual inspections.
Exterior lighting design must be integrated with landscaping features to avoid
creating dark or shadowy areas.
Exterior lights must be protected against tampering or vandalism with
protective lenses and secured switch boxes; cabling must be housed in a
metal conduit.
All local codes (that exceed requirements described herein) must be met.
Security lighting must be connected to normal and emergency power system
and switch boxes must be secured.
Any exterior door intended for employee or visitor use shall maintain a
minimum level of 50 lux.
Building surroundings shall maintain a minimum level of 10 lux at ground level.
112
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Exterior lighting shall be adequate for the proper use of the CCTV system.
CCTV cameras require a minimum of 10 lux.
Exterior areas at all resorts shall be minimally divided into two zones; a quiet zone
where all guestrooms are located, and an active zone where all other activities and
functions occur. The lighting in the quiet zone shall be soft, without unnecessary
contrast. The active zone shall be the center of excitement, with higher light
intensities and emphasis on accents. Design and configuration may minimally
include:
- Entry and parking areas
- Landscape areas
- Sports and recreational areas
- Building facades
Required sustainability design solutions for exterior lighting are listed below:
- Uplighting of building, flag poles and landscaping elements must not be used.
- Exterior lighting shall meet illuminating Engineering Society of North America
(IESNA) RP-33 light tresspass.
- Low cut-off light fixtures shall be used for all exterior site and building lighting.
- All exterior lighting fixtures shall minimally be photocell-controlled or controlled via
the centralized lighting control system or Building Automation System.
- Light pollution reduction measures must be taken while designing exterior lighting.
Landscape Areas
Lighting and fixture selection shall minimally support and enhance the texture and
color of the landscaping. Ornamental and pole-mounted light fixtures are to be
appropriately scaled for each landscape situation. Alternates to pole lighting shall be
considered to provide ambient and pathway lighting.
Accent lighting must be located to avoid viewing bright sources from hotel rooms and
public areas.
System to be designed and installed to allow the growth and development of the
landscaping.
Fixtures to be of an appropriate scale to the task involved.
Pavement lights to be selected and spaced to provide even illumination.
Intersections, crossings, steps and ramps to be adequately illuminated for safety.
Provide adequate lighting and fixture selection for all directional, location and safety
signage.
Minimally provide junction boxes and circuit capacity for future expansion and flexibility
of all landscape lighting installations.
113
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
- General, task and accent lighting, to ensure safe usage and security of the related
area during the hours of darkness whilst still allowing low-level indirect lighting and
accents to surrounding landscaping.
- All pools and water features to be minimally provided with underwater accent
lighting and safety lighting at steps, ladders and entry ramps.
- Please refer to the Minimum Intensity and Recommended Light Source
requirements included in Electrical Systems chapter.
Building Facades
Lighting of building facades must minimally be coordinated with the landscape, roadway
and pedestrian lighting. Minimally provide light sources with good to excellent color
rendering at the following locations:
External signage
Canopy or porte-cochere
At each individual building or structure faade
Exterior terraces
Fixture Selection
Classes of Lighting
Lighting consultant should analyze the initial investment/material cost in ratio to the
operating cost and sustainability by looking at latest lighting technology such as: LED
lamps, new high efficiency fluorescent lamp technology and addressable controlled
fixtures. In addition fixture selection should take into consideration a reduced inventory
of shared replacement bulbs rather than an extensive inventory of dissimilar bulbs.
Longevity of light bulbs that provide consistent performance should also take priority
over short term inconsistent performers. Provide all fixtures in accordance with the
following minimum standards:
Decorative Lighting
The selection of decorative lighting fixtures including, chandeliers, wall sconces,
illuminated ceiling panels, picture-lamps and torchieres shall be undertaken by the
Interior Designer and or Lighting Consultant. These two consultants must jointly
coordinate the selection of light bulbs fitted in the decorative fixtures.
The locations of decorative lighting must not interfere with the operational
requirements or installations of the area.
Indirect Lighting
Indirect lighting shall be used to provide reflective, shaded or pattern light from
ceilings, architraves, walls, and other architectural surfaces.
Down Lighting
Down lighting shall be used to provide cones of light illuminating the focal areas.
Down lights may utilize multi-focal lenses, angle of coverage, and various colored and
shaped reflectors to achieve the desired effect.
114
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Differing fixture types may be used within areas to achieve the desired effects,
however care should be taken to avoid extensive use of differing fixtures and lamp
types.
Down lighting shall be used to effectively highlight individual tables or the table
groupings in all food and beverage outlets and banqueting areas.
and circulations, food and beverage outlets, spa fitness center and meeting rooms.
Each area/zone shall be provided with scene control wall stations and shall be
capable of acting collectively or independently.
One separate computer based dimming control system for the ballroom where each
division will be provided with scene control wall station and control unit, and shall be
capable of acting collectively or independently.
Back of House circulation and common areas shall be controlled via central
programmable, time controlled lighting. Private offices, storerooms and other areas
shall be controlled with local room switching and motion detectors for energy savings.
External, building and landscaping lighting shall be zoned and controllable via
electronic timers or photoelectric sensors tied into Building Automation System.
External and internal security lighting shall be fully interfaced with the security
systems.
Dimmer Override
A manual and automatic fire and seismic alarm override shall be provided for all dimmer
control systems installed in the hotel (lighting to return to full brightness upon alarm
mode).
Local/Room Switching
Switching shall be arranged for safety, convenience and economic operation in the
following areas:
Guestrooms
Public toilets* (Sensors to be carefully placed and some fixtures should remain lit at
all time).
Storerooms*.
Retail stores.
Elevator cabs (key operated).
Elevator motor rooms*.
Workshops*.
Individual offices and workstations*.
Storage and service areas*.
MEP plant rooms*.
Staircases press button with off timer or motion detector.
Motion detector at enclosed parking*.
* Provide dual occupancy sensors in addition to local switching to enhance sustainability.
115
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Centralized Dimming
The major components of a centralized, computer based dimming system shall
include the dimmer racks, a control unit and associated software, and several control
panels. The dimmer racks shall be contained within cabinets located next to the subdistribution panels for each particular area. Individual lighting circuits are connected
into these. The planning of the electrical distribution for the public areas shall allow
sufficient space for these items in the electrical rooms or closets.
Racks shall have control modules mounted close to the dimmer racks. The control
module shall be connected to several control panels located in the public areas (or
adjacent spaces).
Control panels allowing access to pre-set lighting "scenes" over channels or circuits
controlled via that panel and manually adjustable lighting intensity controls. Control
module shall manage several control panels, which are networked together.
The dimming system set-up and adjustments shall be achieved via PC interface to the
dimming system control module. Provide data outlets to allow placement of the
control computer in discreet locations within the room to enable viewing of the set-up,
and adjustment of the system.
Provide the capability for remote maintenance, testing and routine changes by the
system vendor via remote computer connection.
116
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Dimmer Modules
Modules shall be low noise, heat dissipating, and shielded electronic solid-state
devices providing step-less intensity adjustments from 0 to 100 percent. The dimming
modules must be specified to correspond to the light source requirements to be
provided by the Lighting Consultant.
Scene Selections
Minimum scene selections shall be provided in the following areas:
- Public areas - 4 scenes and off, with manual override
- Ballroom - 8 scenes and off, with manual override
- Pre function - 4 scenes and off, with manual override
- Restaurants, bars and entertainment centers - 4 scenes and off, with manual
override
- Meeting rooms - 4 scenes and off, with manual override
- Fitness center and spa - 4 scenes and off, with manual override
- Selected exterior landscape 4 scenes and off, with manual override
To meet these requirements the dimming control system shall be modular in type. It
must accommodate ease of operation, interface with multimedia control systems and the
moveable partition configuration.
117
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
All stage and theatrical lighting fixtures are required to be switched and dimmed using
a specifically designed and constructed PC based theatrical and special effect lighting
control system. Operating consoles shall be mobile and will be connected to mobile
control connection located inside the ballroom. Provide all appropriate hardware and
software.
The system shall allow a minimum 8 controllable channels per symmetrical sub
division of each ballroom with different light level settings provided for each class of
lighting, even if within the same zone.
A control switch shall be provided in order to monitor the moveable partition locations
and configure the control panels accordingly.
Provide a touch screen controller and a handheld remote controller for dimming
system.
Pin spots remotely and individually controlled and programmed (via hand held unit)
fixtures shall be provided to ensure full coverage to all Ballrooms and large Meeting
Rooms.
118
Operational Concept
Hyatt International minimally requires that all water system designs allow for the
conservation, management and recycling of water.
Design Criteria
Potable water intended for human consumption must be in compliance with the
current minimum standards provided by the World Health Organization (WHO). Any
characteristic where WHO has no guidelines, the EPA latest drinking water standards
requirement under the National Secondary Drinking Water Regulation (NSDWR) shall
be used.
to the Hyatts Sustainable Design and technical criteria for water efficiency and water
conservation such as:
- Energy Conservation Recommendations.
Adequate examination and cost studies for water and heat recovery systems
must minimally be provided for the following:
- Use of co-generation plant.
- Heat recovery from continuously and/or seasonally operating equipment
such as water chillers and refrigeration equipment.
- Heat pump system as primary source of hot water.
- Solar powered water heaters or temperature boosters/maintainers
- Boiler flue economizers to pre-heat feed water.
- Laundry rinse water reclaim.
- Laundry hot water recovery.
- Water Conservation Opportunities
Rain water harvesting.
Recycled gray water system.
Use of low flow sanitary fixtures.
Use of automatic sensors with sanitary fixtures.
Non-chemical cooling tower water treatment.
See also attachment for Standard Water Conservation for Water Fixtures.
119
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Water System
Design Parameters
To establish peak flow rates the fixture count method together with the maximum
provide metering for each individual area: restaurant and associated kitchen, fitness
center and spa, entertainment center, banqueting areas, casino, retail shops,
apartment units and detached buildings.
See Minimum Recommended Sub Metering Matrix under Building Automation System
chapter.
Water Storage
A minimum on site storage equivalent to two (2) days consumption.
120
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Stored water must be contained in at least two separate, fully enclosed and
individually controlled compartments, each equipped with high and low-level sensors
reporting to localized and centralized alarms.
Each compartment must have an overflow system with a suitably connected outfall.
Minimally provide inspection windows and access ladders around the tank perimeter.
Minimally provide lockable access panels for the cleaning/maintenance of
compartments.
Water Distribution
Cold Water Distribution System
121
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
122
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
- Provide on all water piping branches that are equipped with quick-acting valves
including spring-loaded valves and single-handle-ball type valves that can close
quickly.
- High volume water usage equipment such as dishwashers, laundry equipment,
etc. shall be provided with water hammer arrestor at the hot and cold water supply
line just ahead of the final connecting points at the equipment quick closing
valves.
- Large group of WC, vanity urinals or shower that has more than six fixtures with
quick closing valves, two arrestors may be needed (one at midpoint of the branch
line serving the fixtures and another at the end of the branch main serving the
final fixture on the branch line). For a complete reference on proper locations of
arresters, the manufacturer/vendor shall be consulted.
- Air chambers are not recommended.
Cleaning and Flushing of the Systems
- Prior to start-up all systems shall be adequately cleaned and flushed to remove
dirt, debris and foreign materials from all domestic hot and cold water systems.
Disinfecting required at commissioning (to avoid potential bacterial outbreak or
Legionella)
- The entire system must minimally be filled with a solution containing fifty (50) ppm
of chlorine, and allowed to stand for six (6) hours before flushing.
- Where water scarcity or high cost makes disinfecting of the water storage tank
impractical, the interior of the tank must minimally be swabbed with a solution of
100 ppm chlorine.
Water Quality Tests
- Perform sufficient testing and analysis of domestic water system prior to use of
the system by hotel staff or guests to verify water safety and quality is in
accordance with all World Health Organization and H.I.T.S. requirements for
absence of all harmful biological, viral, organic and inorganic contaminants.
- Water for domestic use is also to be evaluated for: Total Suspended Solids (TSS),
heavy, metals pathogens and parasites.
Hydrostatic Test
- All water networks to be minimally tested for 150% of working pressure. Pressure
test must be maintained for 30 minutes without any loss of pressure.
- Combined potable and fire protection system to hold (highest pressure) for 60
minutes without any loss in pressure.
123
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Sewage Ejector
Minimally required at all areas located below gravity connections to the municipal
sewer or sewage treatment plant.
Minimally comprising a fully enclosed and airtight sump or pit equipped with duplex
ejector pumps discharging to the gravity sewer system or directly to the municipal
sewer or sewage treatment plant. All pump motors to be located external to the pit
and sized for full demand loads and connected to the emergency generator.
Submersible pumps are not acceptable.
All necessary automated controls/alarms to be provided.
All ejectors to be connected to emergency generator and Building Automation
System.
124
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Venting System
The system shall be designed to facilitate escape of gases and odors and release
pressure from all parts of the sanitary and waste system to the atmosphere at a point
above the building so that siphonage, aspiration, or back pressures will not cause loss
of trap seal.
The system shall minimally limit air pressure variation in all fixture drains to a
minimum differential not exceeding 2.5 mm of water column above or below
atmosphere pressure.
Vents on unoccupied roofs may terminate a minimum of 0.30 m above roof. If roof is
occupied with air handling units, the vent to extend to a minimum of 2.20 m above
roof to prevent short circuiting any fresh air intake.
Plant Configuration
Two systems must be provided to facilitate a batch sequencing operation where both
systems are to be active and in compliance with the following criteria:
- One operating and one standby, minimally each of the system requires:
A holding tank.
Aeration chamber.
Clarifier plus water tank.
Preliminary dosing pumps.
Pressure sand filter plant.
UV filters.
Hypochlorite dosing system.
Treated water tank.
Sludge holding tank.
Redundancy may be limited to the equipment only, depending on local
practice and site conditions.
Sizing
- Each system must be minimally sized to process 100% of the total effluent loads
of the hotel and associated facilities.
Sludge Disposal System
- Separate pumping station to transport the sludge from the sludge holding tank to
the tank station.
125
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Ventilation System
- A complete system with supply and exhaust fans, suitable filtration and an air
washing station.
Chemical and Biological Testing
- Provide a testing facility to ascertain the concentration of pollutants, such as
suspended solids, BOD, COD, color pH, oil and grease, metals, ammonia, and
phenol.
Chemical Dosing Systems (Automatic)
- Maintain optimum conditions within the treatment plant and provide sufficient
chemicals for each system for the first three months of operation.
Control and Instrumentation shall be connected to the BAS.
Guttering System
Provide to all building roof areas and structures.
All gutters should connect directly to rain or storm water drainage system.
Ejector
Minimally required at all areas located below gravity connections to the municipal
storm water sewer or below grade connections.
Minimally comprising a fully enclosed and airtight sump or pit equipped with duplex
ejector pumps discharging to the gravity rain or storm water system or directly to the
municipal storm sewer, lake, ocean or as required by code. All pump motors to be
located externally to the pit and sized for full demand loads and connected to the
emergency generator.
Submerged pumps are not acceptable.
Minimally provide automated controls reporting to localized and centralized alarms,
and minimally provide all ejectors to be connected to emergency generator and
Building Automation System.
126
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
127
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
128
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Controls
- Shall be programmable, state of the art type with the following features:
Fault display Shall have digital read out with diagnostic feature to diagnose
problems and displaying the problems on down time and costly service calls.
Panel locking To prevent unwanted guest from using the spa. This feature
shall deactivate the control panel while still maintaining the heat and filtering
but nothing else will operate.
To save energy and enhance sustainability:
- Automatic shut off- Turn off the spas pumps, blowers and light within a set
period of time; usually twenty minutes for pumps and blowers and two
hours for lighting. Automatic shut off features shall also be connected to
the Medical Alert Alarm System for safety reasons.
- Temperature locking Keeps water temperature at a constant level but
allows programming of setting by authorized staff.
- Remote operation Secondary remote control panel allows control of
outdoor hot tub from a remote location.
Water Features
Provide all water features with adequate and appropriately sized operating
components, potable quality water and fully automated chemical dosing system
appropriate with the location and scale of the feature
129
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Irrigation System
Design Parameters
Adequate examination and cost studies for the collection and recycling of rain and storm
water for use in external irrigation or alternative use must minimally be provided.
Wherever possible to enhance sustainability, external irrigation systems should utilize a
130
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
recycled water source i.e. gray water system, condensate recovery, laundries and nonpotable water recovery where allowed by regulatory authorities.
Landscape
- Landscape hose bibs minimally provided at all building perimeters at 30 m
intervals.
Landscaping Sprinklers and Watering devices
- Minimally provide a programmable timing system for both manual and fully
automatic control of independent and linked zones. Provide surface mounted,
below ground or other sprinkler or device suitable for the conditions required by
the plant life and climatic conditions. Control system and associated sprinklers,
devices, electronic valves and network of underground supply pipes are to be
permanently installed within landscaped areas.
- Minimally provide adequate rain, humidity and solar sensors as an integral part of
the irrigation control system.
- Provide tensiometer to monitor moisture content of the soil at the depth of the
plants root zone.
- Provide drip irrigation where applicable.
- Minimally sprinklers shall have 13 mm of water per hour per 0.10 m of lawn, or
1.1 liter/hour per 0.10 m capacity.
Golf courses and specialist recreational irrigation systems must be designed
in full accordance with the recommendations of the Course Designer or
specialist.
Tub
Cast iron or cold pressed steel baked porcelain finish with non-slip base. Minimum
interior dimension (1600 mm length x 650 mm width x 420 mm depth).
Integrated overflow and pop-up drain shall penetrate the floor slab, trap and connect
within the suspended ceiling space of the floor below to provide a maximum installed
tub height of 420 mm above finished floor level.
Floor sleeve must be packed tightly with NFPA class one fiberglass.
Maximum allowable fill time shall be less than 8 minutes.
131
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Oversized Tubs
Minimally required in Presidential/Executive/Diplomatic Suites.
Cast iron or cold pressed steel baked porcelain finish with non-slip base. Minimum
interior dimensions (1820 mm length x 1060 mm width x 600 mm depth)
Filling time shall not exceed 15 minutes.
Integrated pop-up drain and overflow penetrates the slab, trap and connect in ceiling
void below.
If air and water jet system is provided all pumps and controls must be made by the
tub manufacturer to ensure compatibility and entire assembly must meet H.I.T.S.
Acoustical Performance.
Vanity
Vitrified porcelain, tempered glass or metal wash hand basin, with minimum internal
dimensions 450 mm depth x 450 mm width (or circular 450 minimum internal
dimensions) under slung mounting or free standing with pop-up drain and integrated
overflow.
Faucets
Either separate valves for both hot and cold indicators or single lever as specified by
the Interior designer.
Water Closet
Low-flow WCs need to be selected.
Vitrified porcelain, flush mounted on wall, concealed cistern and back connection, rim
wash and siphon action.
WC must be rated for 5 liter per flush
Maximum performance rating (MaP) should not be less then 400 grams of solid waste
per flush.
Integrated seat and cover to be provided by the WC manufacturer.
Washlet
Washlets may be used to save space where bidets are culturally required.
Electrical Consultant to provide a power outlet for water closet and bidet combination
with electrically controlled features.
Bidet
Provide bidets with matching color and style to WCs, where culturally required.
Cistern
Concealed in wall cavity. Overflow from cistern to be below access openings and
drained into the water closet.
Refill in 20-30 seconds with all operations in compliance with H.I.T.S. Acoustical
Performance.
Flow rate to be 5 liters per flush.
132
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Dual flush cisterns with half and full flush buttons are preferred.
Fixture Fittings
Minimally of ceramic cartridge, mixer/volume controller type for all fixtures, or as
recommended by Interior Designer.
A diverter is required where the shower/ hand shower is incorporated in the tub.
Employees Toilets
Water closet type shall conform to cultural practice.
133
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Hand Basins
As per H.I.T.S. DRMS
Janitors Sinks
Sinks to be cast iron or white porcelain enamel with S trap above finished floor.
Ablution Areas
Where culturally and locally required, ablution area shall be provided with necessary
taps and drainage system.
Color Coding
Minimally provide piping and vessels color coding per local code requirements.
Refer to the Mechanical Systems chapter.
Deluge Showers
Required on pool decks at entrance to locker/changing areas and at exit from pool
deck to beach, if applicable.
Multi-headed shower arrangements may also be required to maximum of 1.5 liter/min
per showerhead operating at 4.0 to 5.5 bars.
134
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Foot Baths
To be provided for all outdoor swimming pools in accordance with H.I.T.S. Design
Recommendations and Minimum Standards.
Saunas
All saunas to be provided in accordance with H.I.T.S. Design Recommendations and
Minimum Standards.
Steam Rooms
All steam rooms to be provided in accordance with H.I.T.S. Design Recommendations
and Minimum Standards.
Massage Rooms
All massage rooms are to be provided with MEP connections for hot and cold water
for vanity and shower stalls and in accordance with H.I.T.S. Design
Recommendations and Minimum Standards.
Treatment Rooms
Provided in accordance with H.I.T.S. Design Recommendations and Minimum
Standards.
Where applicable, provide mud traps with recycle reservoirs.
See Attachment: Piping Materials Schedule for Plumbing
See Attachment: Standards for Water Conservation for Water Fixtures
135
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Where cylinders are exposed to direct sunlight and/or where maximum ambient
temperature is 40C or higher, a fresh water sprinkler adjusted to provide a fine mist
over the tanks is recommended. The sprinkler shall be operated by an automatic
ambient temperature sensor, cylinder shell temperature sensor or tank pressure
switch.
In cold climates, heating may be required to boost up the pressure in the tanks and in
the cylinders. Local codes and practices to be followed.
See Attachment: LPG and Gas Piping Materials
136
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Gas cooking appliances requiring moving for cleaning purposes to connect to the gas
line by means of a stainless steel reinforced flexible hose, limited to a maximum
length of 0.90 m.
Each gas appliance connection to be provided with a lubricated stopcock and an
independent pressure reducing regulator.
Where gas supply pressure drops are recorded or anticipated to reach 15% of the
normal operating pressure, an approved central pressurizing compressor is required.
Metering
Primary Meters
- Preferably be located outside the building. If indoor, area must be naturally
ventilated.
Secondary Meters
- Each profit center, e.g. apartments, casino, retail shops, kitchens, laundries etc.
that requires gas need a separate meter.
- To be located in the same area as primary meters.
- See Minimum Recommended Sub Metering Matrix under BAS chapter
Dirt Pockets
In areas where gas cylinders are subject to water or air introduction, all dirt lines to be
provided with a drain cock.
Pressure Vessels
Design Parameters
- Pressure vessels shall be designed for a working pressure of 1.0 kPa or higher,
are recommended to be ASME labeled or other equally recognized authority.
Safety Relief Valve
- All closed, non-vented vessels to be provided with a safety relief valve on the
vessel or the discharge piping before the shut off valve.
- Safety relief valve is to be the same size as the discharge connection on the
vessel or larger. Discharge from safety relief valves shall be piped to the nearest
floor drain or sump, or to atmosphere outside the building as applicable for
gaseous fluids.
- Vessels designed for working pressure of 5.0 bar or higher are to be equipped
with two safety relief valves.
Construction
- Cold water vessels may be copper or cement lined.
- Piping connections on all vessels shall have welded flanges and/or welded half
couplings.
- Welded male pipe connections are not acceptable.
Vessel Mounting
- Pressure vessels to rest on formed steel saddles if horizontally mounted or on
adjustable legs if installed vertically.
Thermometers, Pressure Gauges
- Provided on each vessel and pump where the temperature and/or pressure
change is a consequence of operation or malfunction.
137
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Insulation
- All vessels and piping in which the temperature is 6C above or below ambient
require insulating with 25 mm molded fiberglass jackets and molded fittings.
- Cold water lines traversing humid areas to be insulated in a manner described
above except that a vapor barrier jacket must be added.
- All exposed insulated pipe work to be clad with aluminum sheet at least 1 mm
thick.
138
Attachments
Plumbing Systems
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Bars
Maximum
Min.
Max.
2.0
--
--
Laundry
Velocities
m/sec
Mains
3.0
5.0
Risers (general)
2.4
4.0
6.0
1.8
Kitchens
2.0
4.0
Branch (general)
2.0
Mechanical Equipment
2.0
4.0
1.5
3.0
5.0
Hose Standpipe *
4.5
6.5
Sprinklers *
2.0
8.0
Irrigation Sprinklers
2.0
4.0
138.1
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Piping
Pools/Water Features
Soil Pipes
Cast Iron
Vent Pipes
Cast Iron
Galvanized
UPVC
Buried Water
Pre-insulated polyethylene
Piping materials shall also comply with requirement by local codes and standards.
138.2
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Maximum
Flow Rate
Preferred
Flow Rate
Restrictors
Control
Shower Heads
9.5 L /min
6.5 L /min
Rain Shower
12.0-17.0 L
/min
10.0 L /min
Wash Basin-
6.0 L /min
5.0 L /min
Urinal
2.0 L /flush
0.5 L /flush
--
WC
6.0 L /flush
5.0 L /flush
--
Flush Valve
Shower Heads
9.5 L /min
6.5 L /min
7.5 L /min
5.0 L /min
Wash Basin
Food Areas
8.3 L /min
8.3 L /min
Urinal
2.0 L/ flush
0.5 L /flush
--
WC
6.0 L/flush
5.0 L /flush
--
Flush Valve
Public Areas
BOH Areas
Guest Rooms/Suites
Shower Heads
9.5 L /min
6.5 L/min
Rain Shower
12.0-17.0 L
/min
10 L /min
Wash Basin
7.5 L /min
5.0 L /min
WC
6.0 L /flush
5.0 L /min
--
Bath Tub
--
--
--
Note: Health Spa showers may require higher flow rates for body massage.
138.3
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
Insulation
- All vessels and piping in which the temperature is 6C above or below ambient
require insulating with 25 mm molded fiberglass jackets and molded fittings.
- Cold water lines traversing humid areas to be insulated in a manner described
above except that a vapor barrier jacket must be added.
- All exposed insulated pipe work to be clad with aluminum sheet at least 1 mm
thick.
138.4
Operational Concept
Communications systems in the hotel are critical in providing an uninterruptable
communication media that ensure the safety for the guests and staff.
The
Communications system also provides reliable interfacing of various systems to enhance
performance of the staff and efficient operations for the hotel.
Critical components to the Communications Systems in the hotel include but not limited
to:
State of the Art Voice Communications through a PABX System
Reliable incoming services from the local telephone company for both voice and data.
Voice messaging/voice mail system for both guest and staff
Guest services such as Wake Up and Guest Request systems
Good quality cabling that is flexible and allows the hotel to grow in the future offering
industry standard technology
High performing data networks for the Back Of House Operations
Data networks for the Guest to Access including wireless throughout the entire hotel
IP based Video On Demand and Free to Guest TV Services
Latest technology Wireless Voice Communications for staff members
Easy to manage guest information systems such as electronic signage
Full cellular coverage throughout entire hotel
Wiring Infrastructure
This document provides the recommendation and minimum standards for a Structured
Cabling System. The cabling system shall be flexible to allow for moves and changes to
take place without the need to install additional cables or to re-route cables.
Scope of Work
The cabling system is part of the Base Building Scope. Please refer to the Definition of
FF & E found within the H.I.T.S. Design Recommendations and Minimum Standards
documentation for details.
Structured cabling systems must have:
- Life span of at least 15 years
- Provisions to support future growth
- Support 10 Gb bandwidth capacity on fiber
Cabling system must be certified by:
- The original Network Designer(s)
139
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Data
The horizontal cable for data shall be certified to meet or exceed Category 6
certification.
A minimum of 1 X 4 pair unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Category 6 certified cable will
be installed at all locations.
An RJ45 outlet will be provided for data at each of the following locations in
accordance to the height specifications identified in the "Other Wiring Requirements"
section:
- Desktop
- Office
140
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
- Front desk
- Point of sale locations
- Pre check locations
- Printer locations
- Meeting rooms
- Ballrooms
Each horizontal cable will be pulled in a star configuration from the nearest
Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) to each outlet at the destination.
Each cable run between two termination points shall be continuous, without any joints
or splices. Splicing is only allowed at the end of the cables for connection purposes.
Splicing is not allowed to extend the cables.
Commercial building wiring standards (ANSI/EIA/TIA 568 C) will be followed.
Optional 4 strands multimode fiber optic cable can be pulled to each location in
addition to the 4 pair Category 6 cable.
Additional cables may be required will be identified on the projects specific
telephone/computer schedule.
Horizontal cable runs from the active component in the IDF room to the active
component at the workstation shall not exceed 100 Meters (total distance including
patch cables).
Data
The horizontal cable for data shall be certified to meet or exceed Category 6
certification.
An RJ45 outlet will be provided for data at the following locations in accordance with
the height specifications identified in the "Other Wiring Requirements" section:
141
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
- Above the desk or possibly integrated into the desk for high speed Internet
- Behind the Television
- Below the Desk (Desk Telephone)
A minimum 1 X 4 pair unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Category 6 cable will be run from
each of the outlets identified above, passing through the Sub IDF area (but not
terminating) and continue to run directly back to the IDF closet.
The RJ45 outlets will meet the same specifications as identified in the proceeding
sections.
See Attachment: Sample Schematic: Guestroom Communications Wiring Diagram
142
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
143
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
All RJ45 connectors shall apply the crossover lead concept using cross talk
cancellation techniques to provide superior near end cross talk (NEXT) performance
without the need for printed wiring boards or other additional components.
All male and female RJ45 connectors shall be from the same manufacturer.
The mating cycles of the RJ45 sockets to RJ45 plugs shall exceed 1000 times, in
accordance with IEC603.7 Class A.
144
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Outlet Locations
All outlet locations must be coordinated with the related design documents.
Outlet heights will be confirmed in the project specific mock up room and architectural
documents with ongoing coordination provided by H.I.T.S./FF&E Project Manager and
other related consultants.
The final quantity of data and telephone outlets will be identified in the Project Specific
Schedule, which will be released by H.I.T.S. as part of the design development
package.
Description
Bars
2 POS, 2 Telephones, 2 KP
Bell Station
Telephone, Spare
PC, Telephone
Commissary Kitchen
4 Telephones, 1 POS
Communication Center
Computer Room
Dish wash
Telephone
Elevator lobby
Telephone
Guestrooms:
145
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Location
Description
Standard (1 Br)
4 Telephones, 4 data
5 Telephones, 4 data
6 Telephones, 6 data
7 Telephones, 6 data
Kitchen
1 Telephone, 1 Spare
Locker rooms
MEP rooms
Meeting Rooms
Pantries
Restaurants
SPA Cardio
2 Spares
Storage Rooms
Trade Shops
1 Telephone, 1 Spare
Uniform Issue
1 Telephone, 1 Spare
PC, Telephone
Note:
The items identified above need to be multiplied by the number of users/ stations/
This is for estimate purposes and when detailed architecture and I.D. drawings are
available we will provide specific detailed counts.
Wireless Access points need to be available and provide coverage throughout the
entire building.
Testing
Cable Testing
All cabling and terminations shall be tested to ensure performance meets all
standards as identified in the previous section of the latest ANSI/EIA/TIA standards.
All pairs of each installed cable shall be verified prior to acceptance and any defects
in the cabling system or installation will be repaired or replaced to ensure 100%
functional cabling. End-to-end testing (jack to jack) will be performed to ensure that
146
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Backbone Switch
The backbone switches will be the central node in the LAN. As such they must
provide:
- A high level of fault tolerance.
- Reliability.
- Redundancy.
Specifications and features:
- Chassis based and rack mountable into a standard 19 wide rack.
- Minimum of a 100 Gbps passive back-plane design.
- Support redundancy switching process, power supplies, and cooling fans.
- Hot swappable support on the processors, power supplies, modules, and cooling
fans.
- Support IP and IPX/SPX Protocols.
147
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Switched
Connection Type(s)
Applications
Gigabit Ethernet
Switched
Servers
Switched
Clients
Switched
Uplinks to
Edge Switch
Description
EEE 802.3u
IEEE 802.3ae
10 Gigabit Ethernet
IEEE 802.3ab
Gigabit Ethernet
IEEE802.1d
Spanning Tree
IEEE802.1q
SNMP 1 & II
RMON I
Remote Monitoring
Edge Switch
The edge switch will be located in the IDF rooms and provide connectivity to the
outlets.
Specifications and features:
- Standalone or rack mountable into a standard 19 wide rack.
148
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
149
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Not a single system on the hotel's BOH Network will have connectivity to the Guest
Broadband network without prior approval from H.I.T.S. The hotel BOH network will
have Internet access through the hotel's BOH Network and WAN connection.
The following locations will have wired and wireless guest high speed internet access
points:
- Guestrooms.
- Meeting Rooms.
- Ball Rooms.
- Lobby & Club Lounges.
- Business Centre.
- All other public spaces.
The system will need to interface into the Hotel's PMS interface for providing guest
billing of the services.
Scope of Work
The Computer Equipment hardware (i.e. PCs servers, printers and network switches
etc.) and software systems, listed in project specific Telephone/Computer Schedules,
are part of the Furniture, Fixture and Equipment (FF&E) Scope. Please refer to the
150
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
FF&E and Base Building Definitions in the Design Recommendations and Minimum
Standards documentation for details.
Scope of Work
The Voice Communication Systems are part of the Furniture, Fixture, and Equipment
(FF&E) Scope. Please refer to the Definition of FF&E found within the H.I.T.S. Design
Recommendations and Minimum Standards.
151
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
All components, including, maintenance and support, must be available for at least 10
years from the date of commissioning.
The PABX solution including all trunk cards, telephone instruments, voice mail and
other components must comply with local communication authority requirements, as
well as internationally recognized codes.
The PABX system must be flexible in regards to cost effective growth from the initial
configuration of approximately 1100 ports up to 5000 ports.
The system must be capable of interfacing with all required peripheral application
systems.
The PABX system must be capable of supporting remote PABX modules connected
either by fiber optic backbone or by a high-speed public network connection.
Conference Bridge
The following conference bridge features are minimum requirements:
152
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Call Centre
The call centre features of the system support departments such as reservations, sales
and banqueting, and the communication centre. These are areas that have a large
number of similar incoming and/or outgoing calls. These features provide balanced call
distribution to a large group of voice terminals. Hyatt International's call centre solution
is a PC based application (refer to communication centre specifications for further
details). The call center application must, at minimum, be capable of supporting the
following ACD and reporting functions.
Abandoned Call Search.
Agent Call Handling
- Stroke Counts.
- Call Work Codes.
- Forced Entry of Stroke Counts and Call Work Codes.
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD).
Basic Call Management System.
Call Prompting.
Intelligent Call Routing.
Intra flow and Inter flow.
Look Ahead Inter flow.
Inbound Call Management.
Move Agent from CMS.
Queue Status Indications.
Service Observing.
Skill Based Routing.
0 - 149
Guestrooms
150 - 249
Guestrooms
>250 Guestrooms
50
50 - 75
75 - 120
Number of
Guestrooms x2
Number of Guestrooms
x2
Number of Guestrooms
x2
153
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
0 - 149
Guestrooms
150 - 249
Guestrooms
>250 Guestrooms
Number of
Guestrooms x 3
Number of Guestrooms
x3
Number of Guestrooms
x3
200
300
350-450
50
75
100
Description
Number of Ports in
PABX for Guestrooms
Operator Consoles
will
follow as
part
of
the
154
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
second line. An alternative acceptable method is for the main line button to be
depressed. This toggles the call placing the first call on hold and answering the second
call.
The line light on all phones should indicate which line is ringing as well as an audible
tone from the phone should be heard.
To move an active call from one phone to another in the guestroom the system should
allow this transferring of the call by depressing a single button. If the call is originally
answered at the desk, the guest should be able to depress a button on desk phone that
automatically transfers the call to the bedside phone. Once the button is depressed on
the desk phone the guest hangs up the handset and the bedside phone rings. The
guest answers the ringing bedside phone and now has the transferred call.
Any phone through which a call was placed on hold in the process of moving from one
phone to another should automatically release the hold from that phone once the caller
has hung up the call.
The line light on all the phones should indicate which line is active as well when a line
has been placed on hold.
Access to Hotel Services such as Room Service is to be accomplished either by using
single digit dial features as identified above or through the use of programmed speed
dial buttons on the phone.
In addition to Hotel Services being programmed on the guest phone, functions identified
in the Telephone Type chart that follows are to be included.
155
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Telephone Types
All telephone types shall be in accordance with the following schedule:
Single Line
BOH
Kitchen,
Storage
Rooms &
Guest
Bathroom
/ Pantries
FOH
Public
Areas
2 Line
F&B
&
Bars
Guestroom
Bedside,
Living
room &
Dining
Area
Guestro
om
Desk &
BOH
Offices
4 Line
Executive
&
Secretary
Offices,
Guest
Services
Line Lights
Desk Top Style
Cordless Style
Mobile
Phone
IP
Wall Mount
Style
Com.
Centre
6 Line
Analogue
Res.
Centre
x
x
2 Line Display
x
x
4 Line Display
Speaker &
Hands Free
156
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Minimum
Features
BOH
Kitchen,
Storage
Rooms &
Guest
Bathroom
/ Pantries
FOH
Public
Areas
F&B
&
Bars
Guestroom
Bedside,
Living
room &
Dining
Area
Guestro
om
Desk &
BOH
Offices
Executive
&
Secretary
Offices,
Guest
Services
Res.
Centre
Com.
Centre
Mobile
Phone
Speaker
Volume
Control
Caller ID
Message
Waiting Light
Hold
Release
Call Transfer
Call Forward
Do Not Disturb
Last Number
Redial
Speed Dial to
Frequent
Accessed
Department
Mute
Call Pick-up
Conference
Call
Headset
Supported
Line Powered
Intercom
Between Base
& Handset
Beep to Locate
Handset
Lithium or
Nimh Batteries
Minimum 5
Programmable/
Fixed Buttons
157
x
x
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Minimum
Features
BOH
Kitchen,
Storage
Rooms &
Guest
Bathroom
/ Pantries
FOH
Public
Areas
F&B
&
Bars
Guestroom
Bedside,
Living
room &
Dining
Area
Guestro
om
Desk &
BOH
Offices
Executive
&
Secretary
Offices,
Guest
Services
Res.
Centre
Com.
Centre
ACD Supported
PC Based
Solution
Mobile
Phone
or Menu
Minimum 12
Programmable/
Fixed Buttons
or Menu
Feature Button
Lights
Programmed
Speed dial for
Guest Services
Staff/Guest
Directory
Support IT
Interface to
other
applications
Feature
Enriched Hotel
Console
Ring / Vibrate
Option
Type M (Modem)
- Hayes smart modem 56 Kbps Data/Fax Speeds.
- V.39 bis compatible, V.42 and or V.90 error correction.
- Remote maintenance requires modems to be provided as part of the PABX.
158
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Phone Type
Example of User
Quantity
of Phones
BOH Phone
In house
restrictions
Plain
Guest Bathroom
Guest
Full Dialing
Features
Extension
FOH Phone
Operator Assisted.
Hotel Number,
Main Number
10
Guest
VIP Guest
F&B Outlets
Guest
Administrative Offices
Manager
Hotel General Office
Staff
Dialing
Restrictions
None
Billed to Room
None
Operator Assistant
Internal Calling
None
Guest
EXEC Managers
Secretaries, Front
Desk
Admin Communication
Centre
DECT/IP Cordless
Graphic Design
Hotel Name
Address
Main Number
Room Number
Hotel Name
Address
Direct number
Hotel Name
Address
Main number
Main Number
Extension
Hotel Name
Address
Main Number
Room Number
Full Features
Main Number
Extension
None
Full Features
Main Number
Extension
Communication
Centre & PABX
Operator
None
Full Features
Main Number
Extension
BOH Staff
In-House
Restrictions
Main Number
Extension
Note: These restrictions are preliminary guidelines customization can be made during
the pre opening of the Hotel by the H.I.T.S. Project Manager.
Dialing Plan
Main Incoming Telephone Number.
- The hotels principal telephone number must terminate in 1 2 3 4. The
owner/developer or contractor is responsible for securing this number. (E.g. 750
1234).
159
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Prefix
Block of Numbers
312
565
1001 to 1200
312
566
1001 to 1200
Department
Digit
Department
Concierge
Spa
Guest Services
Voice Mail
Room Service
Restaurant Reservation
Outside Line
Emergency
Operator
160
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
magnetic method for hanging up the call then a programmable button for
release or Hang up must be available.
Line 1 Button: When depressed provides access to line 1. If the handset is
removed from the cradle, line 1 to become automatically activated.
Line 2 Button: When depressed provides access to line 2. If line 1 is on hold
and the handset is removed from the cradle, line 2 to become automatically
activated.
Hold Button: When depressed places the active call on hold.
Speaker / Hands Free Button: Places the active call on speaker. The guest
can then return the handset to the cradle and use the speaker and
microphone. If a guest decides to answer the telephone using the speaker
they may keep the hand set in the cradle and depress the line 1 or line 2
button depending on which line is ringing.
Message Button: Performs a speed dial to voice mail system. This button is
used to send and retrieve voice messages.
Hotel Services: Performs a speed dial to room services; a speed dial to the
Concierge/Bell Desk; a speed dial to Housekeeping/Laundry.
Wake Up Button: When this button is depressed it performs a speed dial to the
wake up system.
The remaining programmable buttons are available for unique customization
based on the hotels requirements and the number of available programmable
buttons.
Volume Up and Down Button: This button is used to raise and lower the
volume of the speakerphone.
Outside Line to be programmed on one of the telephones programmable
speed dial buttons. See Guestroom Programmable/Fixed Button Functions.
Numbering Plan
- The vendor must work with the H.I.T.S. FF&E Project Manager to develop a
convenient dialing plan, including restrictions, for each telephone extension.
- The vendor must submit the proposed dialing plan for each telephone extension
to H.I.T.S. FF&E Project Manager for review prior to commencement of
programming.
Spare Parts
Spare parts for the system shall minimally follow manufactures spare part
recommendations. Spare telephone instruments shall be maintained at the minimum of
1% for each telephone type.
161
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
System Documentation
Prior to commissioning and hand over of the system, all drawings and documentation of
the system as installed shall be handed over from the vendor to the H.I.T.S. FF&E
Project Manager.
Interface Requirements
The PABX system shall minimally interface with the following systems:
The PMS system.
Communication Centre software.
Voice Mail system.
Wake Up system.
Guest Request and Engineering (CMMS) System.
Fire Alarm System: The PABX should accept emergency notification from fire and
other alarm systems and automatically call selected individuals in the hotel with
recorded message stating the nature of the emergency.
Mini bar / Room status.
Call accounting.
PMS Interface
The PMS interface is to include interfacing with PABX, voicemail, call accounting, wake
up service, room and mini bar status, and call monitoring. The following PMS features
are minimum requirements:
The data that passes between the systems identified above and the PMS system
includes:
- Room Status.
- Mini Bar Charges.
- Name Registration.
- Message Waiting.
- Class of Service.
- Guest Name/Language Display.
- Calling Number Display.
- Guest Information Input.
- Guest Call Billing.
- Call Accounting Interface Features.
Interface Functions
- Capture all outgoing calls (raw data from the PABX).
- Calculate all outgoing calls (International, Domestic, Local) based on local
telephone rates.
- Support multiple rate tables
- All rate tables must be maintainable by the system administrator and or by the
vendor as an optional service.
- Support posting of all calls to the Property Management System including mini bar
and room status.
Telephone Interface Features
- Support Logging Printer to report all non-posted calls.
- All non-posted calls are logged to printer with an indicator ** on the printout.
162
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Voicemail
A voicemail system is required for use by the staff and guest as a convenient way of
message taking and information exchange without the necessity of attendant
intervention. The voicemail system will have the following minimum requirements:
PMS Interface to automatically:
- Assign Voice Mail Boxes at or prior to check in and notify guest of waiting
messages at check in.
- Delete Voice Mail Boxes at check out.
- Notify guest at check out of any messages not retrieved.
163
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Wake Up Services
A wake up service is required for the guest as a convenient way of providing wake up
calls without the necessity of attendant intervention. The wake up service system will
have the following minimum requirements:
General Wake Up
- System shall support Queuing.
- A minimum of 8 ports (channels) connecting the wake up service and the PABX
system are required. This means that at minimum 8 concurrent wake up
messages can be sent at one time.
- If an additional service such as Voicemail or Mini Bar/room status is integrated
into the same solution as wake up service, the minimum ports (channels) required
shall be doubled to 16.
Automatic PMS Interface
- Assign wake up times from the PMS system
- Assign group wake up times
- Disable wake up times at check out.
- Set guest Language Preference for Wake Up Services.
164
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Multi-language Support
- Minimally provide 5 languages including local and English languages.
- Set at check in by PMS Interface.
- Allow guest to set language choice via the telephone in their guestroom.
Wake Up Message Commands
- Single button access from the guestroom.
- Verbal confirmation of time set.
- Ability to set more than one wake time per room.
Wake Up Call
- Verbal message sent to guest indicating wake up call.
- Ability to have attendant provide a personalized wake up call for a priority guest.
- Option to provide guest to acknowledge wake up call by depressing a key on the
telephone. If not and the phone is hung up a pre set snooze time is set and a
follow up call will be placed at the end of the snooze time.
- Support both 24-hour and AM/PM operations
Reporting
- Report sent to system printer indicating all successful wake up calls placed.
- Report sent to dedicated printer indicating all unsuccessful wake up calls.
- System programmable number of wake up calls placed and time between calls
before the wake-up call is classified as unsuccessful.
- Advisory notification to the operator or pre determined location of unsuccessful
wake up calls.
General Wake up System Requirements
- The system should be a Windows based solution.
- The system should connect to an Ethernet Local Area Network.
- All Hardware and Software must be included.
165
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Call Accounting
This system records the duration and location of telephone calls and posts these
charges to the hotel's PMS system. This system must have the following minimum
requirements:
Call Accounting.
Cost by Algorithm/ Meter Pulse.
Check in/out, bar/unbar, and Guest Name Display.
Budget Control and Guest Credit Limit.
Alarm for call from Unoccupied Rooms.
Multiple Extension Billing.
Multiple Carrier Costing.
Charging of Collect Calls.
Dynamic Allocation of DID numbers.
Reporting Facility
- Audit Report.
- Technical Report.
- Duration of Stay.
- Exchange Line Report.
- Long Term Report.
- Internal Call Reporting.
- Customer Reporting.
All Hardware and Software must be included.
166
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
The system should be flexible in the types of messaging it can produce including
SMS, Text, and Voice and be flexible in the types of devices it can send these
message to including pagers, DECT phones, VoIP phones, or GMS / Cellular phones.
System to have the ability for the recipient to confirm receipt of the message and take
action (either through voice or text messaging).
Cellular Service
Cellular service coverage must be provided throughout the entire hotel. This service
must provide coverage for at minimum the top 4 Cellular Companies providing Services
in the country. This solution should be based around a capital purchased solution and
must include the contracts with each of the cellular carriers.
167
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
UPS Power Source is required for the PABX, Voice Mail, Wake Up, Call Accounting,
ITV/MATV, File Servers, Interface PCs, Network Back Bone Switch, and WAN
equipment.
- These UPS systems can be individual solutions or one system to control all the
above components in the room.
- Other items requiring UPS protections within the hotel include but not limited to:
Front desk, work stations
All POS and pre check locations.
Edge switches in each of the wiring rooms.
Communication center.
Business center.
Key management and staff offices.
Fire Alarm System.
Security System.
Other low voltage systems as defined by the project.
Security
The computer room is to be secured with an on line door locking solution that
implements a personalized card solution in order for each person to access the room.
The system should provide an audit trail of all access request and should include time
and date stamping.
Electrical Power
A qualified electrical consultant must design electrical power requirements with
experience in providing electrical power to computer rooms. This should be designed
in conjunction with the Low Voltage network design consultant.
Power to the computer room must be from an isolated power panel.
UPS protected with over and under voltage surge protection.
168
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
The computer room must also be on generator fed through the UPS system for
continuous reliable power.
Convenience electrical outlets are to be provided for general requirements.
Appropriate bonding of all electrical, equipment and cabling should be adhered to.
Environment
All components selected including servers, PABX system, Ethernet switches, AV
equipment, security systems, etc. should be highly energy efficient and environmental
friendly.
For a 300-room hotel this room should measure approximately 8 meters X 7 meters.
An automatic gaseous fire suppression system, similar to FM200 or Inergen, should
be provided for the computer room. Details are outlined in the ER&MS document
under Fire and Life Safety Systems chapter.
A Fire Alarm system should be provided. Details are outlined in the ER&MS Fire and
Life Safety System.
No overhead piping of any source is to locate in the computer room.
Please reference Area and Environmental Requirements in the Communications
Systems section of the ER&MS for details on temperature and Humidity controls for
the computer room.
In order to prevent interference from electromagnetic (EMI) or static fields, the
Computer/PABX room and cable risers must not be located near any major electrical
equipment such as large motors, elevator equipment rooms, transformers, ballasts or
the like.
Computer/PABX room must be free from any radio frequency interference.
Computer room floor must be anti static material.
Security
The floor wiring closet is to be secured with an on line door locking solution that
implements a personalized card solution in order for each person to access the room.
The system should provide an audit trail of all access request and should include time
and date stamping.
Electrical Power
All floor wiring closets on floors servicing BOH operations must be protected with a
UPS system.
All floor wiring closets on floors that are servicing guestrooms should be provisioned
for UPS; however, the actual UPS circuits do not need to be added at this time unless
the guestrooms are supporting VoIP or IP TV at, which point then the circuits must be
UPS protected in this room.
169
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Environment
All components selected including servers, PABX system, Ethernet switches, AV
equipment, security systems, etc. should be highly energy efficient and environmental
friendly.
At minimum the wiring closets should measure 2 meters X 2 meters.
Unless found necessary during project design, no special air conditioning is required
for these rooms. However they should be provided adequate ventilation providing for
ambient cool air to enter the room while exhausting the heated air out of the room.
No overhead piping of any source is to be located in the Floor Wiring Closet.
These areas should be protected with the standard fire alarming and suppression
solutions offered on this floor. No special suppression system is required in these
wiring closets, unless deemed necessary during project design.
The building data/telephone entrance facility room housing the Main Telephone
Terminal Board (MTTB) and or MDF shall be separated from main electrical
equipment rooms by a minimum distance of 3.0 meters. The rooms shall not have a
common wall.
170
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
171
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
172
Attachments
Communications Systems
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
As Updated
or Revised
ANSI/TIE/EIA-568-C.0
2009
ANSI/TIA/ EIA-568-C.1
2009
ANSI/TIA/ EIA-568-C.3
2009
ANSI/TIA/ EIA-569-B
2001
ANSI/TIA/ EIA-606-A
2002
ANSI-J-STD-607-A
2002
2002
Description
2002
172.1
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
*Behind Minibar
Behind Televison
*Bathroom
Telephone
*Bedside 1
Telephone
*Bedside 2
Jack Only
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
1 X 4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
4 Pair Category 6
Legend
RJ45 Jack
Coax Jack
NOTES
CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS,
60606,
USA
SCALE NTS
ER&MS Version 4
NOTE HYATT INTERNATIONAL DRAWINGS ARE NOT PRODUCED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THEY ARE TO BE USED ONLY TO INFORM THOSE CONCERNED AS TO HYATT
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NO OTHER USE MAY BE MADE OF SUCH DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE PROPER CONSENT OF HYATT INTERNATIONAL
172.2
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
Telephone Extensions
Patch Panel
Fiber Patch
BOH Applications
Guest High Speed
Internet Network
Ethernet Switch
Patch Panel
BOH Network
Guest Applications
Patch Panel
BOH Applications
Telephone Extensions
Fiber Patch
Ethernet Switch
Patch Panel
BOH Network
Guest Applications
BOH Applications
Fiber Patch
Ethernet Switch
Patch Panel
BOH Network
Guest Applications
Telephone Extensions
F BER PATCH
Patch Panel
Applications
POS
PC
Laser Printers
Patch Panel
Applications
Guest High
Speed Internet
Connections
BOH Network
PABX
Key:
CAT 6 4 Pair Cable
CAT 3 Multi Pair Cable
Cat 6 20 Pair Cable
Multi Mode Fiber Optic Cable
BOH Operations
Multi Mode Fiber Optic Cable
Guest Operations
LCC/RCC
CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS,
60606,
USA
SCALE NTS
ER&MS Version 4
NOTE HYATT INTERNATIONAL DRAWINGS ARE NOT PRODUCED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THEY ARE TO BE USED ONLY TO INFORM THOSE CONCERNED AS TO HYATT
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NO OTHER USE MAY BE MADE OF SUCH DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE PROPER CONSENT OF HYATT INTERNATIONAL
172.3
Operational Concept
Although the Audio Visual requirements for each area within a hotel differ, the system
types can be summarized in their own concept statement below. As a minimum, all
Audio Visual systems must interface with the Fire Alarm and Emergency Paging
Systems as detailed within that section of the Engineering Requirements and Minimum
Standards.
Scope of Work
The Audio Visual system is part of the FF&E Scope. Please refer to the Definitions of
FF&E found within the H.I.T.S. Design Recommendations and Minimum Standards.
Equipment
Touch screen play list and volume control.
Local amplification with ability to accept external sources such as MP3 player and CD
player.
Wireless Internet Access.
High quality sound, designer wall speakers are preferred in lieu of ceiling speakers in
food and beverage areas.
173
Ceiling speakers to meet minimum overall system performance criteria, with locations
and quantities to be coordinated with all relevant consultants including the interior
designer.
VIP rooms in the restaurant:
- High quality HD Flat screen TV
- High quality sound, designer wall speakers
- Portable high quality stand-alone music system
- MP3 (either from hotel or from guest)
- Portable CD player
- Karaoke facility
- Wireless Internet Access
Connections
Wired inputs for Live Band equipment (If a stage or live performance area is designed
in the restaurant).
Wired microphone outlet for piano performer if required.
Wired connection to the centralized music server.
Data Outlet.
Wired MATV outlet at the Bar Area. Although no TV is provided at the bar area, this
does allow for the flexibility to provide one in the future or on special occasions.
VIP Rooms in Restaurant:
- Wired MATV for Flat screen TV
- Power for Portable High Quality stand-alone music system and Karaoke
- I/O for MP3 and CD players connected to the High quality sound, designer wall
speakers
Entertainment Center
Concept
Entertainment Center shall consist of two zones where in one zone shall have a high
quality upbeat music locally sourced from a central control room within the area, with the
ability to integrate with the local or the hotel MATV audio-visual system, stage lighting
system and live performance music system. Another zone shall be designed to be able
to cater for both low and high level music.
Equipment
174
Connections
MATV.
Wired connection to the centralized music server.
Data outlets for high speed internet.
Wired and wireless microphone connections.
Tie lines (Power outlets and I/Os) at selected locations for AV equipment including
stage area.
Equipment
Touch screen play list and volume control.
Amplifier with multi input and interface to in room wired lighting and sound control
system.
Ceiling speakers.
LCD/DLP Projector on a motorized lift.
Recessed motorized ceiling projector screen.
Mobile Cart (to be shared among several meeting rooms, see mobile cart for
equipment details).
Wired and Wireless Internet Access.
8.5 to 10.4 LCD/TFT color electronic signage display outside each meeting room.
Connections
175
Boardrooms
Concept
Boardrooms shall provide meeting functions to cater to the corporate executives and up
market organizations requiring the latest technology. These rooms should easily adapt
to a wide range of presentation needs. Audio Visual equipment in these rooms shall be
fixed and controlled by a wireless remote control touch panel similar to AMX control
panel capable of interfacing with the lighting and drapery systems. Concealed
connections for AV, computer and power shall be incorporated on the table.
Equipment
Connections
Wired connection to the centralized music server
Tie line to the Ballroom AV Control Room for VGA( UTP ) and AV interconnection
Strategically located AV jack panels (1 in the wall and 1 built into the fixed desk/table.
The panels provide connections for:
- Wired Microphones
- MATV connections
- Data/Telephone/ISDN connections
- Component and S Video Connections
- VGA and HDMI connections
- Electrical power (minimum duplex outlet)
- Connections for a Video Conference System
The Residence
Concept
The Residence serves the up-market and business meetings targeted groups who avoid
meeting event settings and provide that of a home setting, conducive to entertaining in
an intimate ambiance. It has key components of a home: Courtyard and foyer, show
kitchen, bar, library, living room, dining room and board rooms. The AV system in each
boardroom shall follow the same equipment and functions as that of the normal
Boardroom, in addition, other components of the Residence shall be provided with audio
visual system as described below.
176
Equipment
Living room
- Touch screen play list and volume control
- Wall mounted speakers
- Minimum 52 high quality HD flat screen TV
- Amplifier with multiple inputs
- High Definition Blu-ray DVD/ MP3 player
- MP3 docking station
- High quality stand-alone music system
- Wired and Wireless Internet Access
- 8.5 to 10.4 LCD/TFT color electronic signage display outside each Board room.
Courtyard, foyer, Kitchen, Bar and dining room
- Wall mounted speakers
- Music to share with the living room
Connections
Living Room
- Wired connection to the centralized music server
- Strategically located AV jack panels (1 in the wall and 1 build into the fixed
desk/table). The panels provide connections for:
MATV connections
Data/Telephone/ISDN connections
Component and S Video Connections
VGA and HDMI connections
Electrical power (two universal and the rest as required for above equipment).
Ballroom
Concept
The Ballroom is a multi-function facility to be able to handle small to a very large and low
to very high end functions such as conferences, presentations, weddings, trade shows,
theatrical, etc. with broadcast quality. To achieve this, the ballroom can be divisible into
multiple combinations wherein the AV system and other systems can be easily
configured to adapt to such combinations.
In large ballrooms and as appropriate with concept, all main audiovisual equipment will
be housed in a control booth to be located at a mezzanine floor central to the ballroom to
allow the AV operator a proper view of the functions, follow spot lighting and monitor the
sound for live mixing with connections from the ballroom terminating in this room. In
addition termination points need to be strategically located within the ballroom based on
where third party sound and lighting production organizations will set up their
sound/lighting panels and mixers. These locations need to be defined early so that
appropriate jacks and outlets can be located in these areas so as to minimize or
eliminate as much as possible the need for cables to run across the floor, by allowing
equipment to be connected into these jacks and outlets.
In addition to normal ballroom functions, the Ballroom must be able to provide:
Simultaneous Interpretations IR or radio controlled preferable.
Video Teleconferencing
177
Equipment
Connections
Strategically located AV jack panels. These need to be strategically placed
throughout the ballroom so as to minimize and eliminate as much as possible the
need for running cables across the floor. These locations need to be based on
where third party sound and lighting production organizations will set up their
sound/lighting panels and mixers. These locations need to be defined early so that
appropriate jacks and outlets can be located in these areas so as to minimize or
eliminate as much as possible the need for cables to run across the floor, by allowing
equipment to be connected into these jacks and outlets.
Wired connection to the centralized music server
Tie lines to Ballroom AV Control room for VGA (UTP) and AV interconnections
The panels provide connections for:
- Wired Microphones
- MATV connections
- Data/Telephone/ISDN connections
178
AV Control Room
For better monitor and control of the ballroom AV conditions and needs, AV control room
is required for ballrooms more than 500 sq meters.
AV control should work as a central location, where operators could manage most of the
AV equipment through tieline system to each functional area, like meeting room and
multi- function rooms, enable the information to be redistributed and processed within
control room.
Physical Requirement
Typically, the AV control room should be located at mezzanine, with direct visual
Technical Requirements
Audiovisual equipment should be rack-mounted and physically separated from
lighting dimmer system rack to avoid EMI interference.
Provide ample rack and shelving storage for equipment as per AV consultant
requirement.
Acoustic treatment needed if the control room is adjacent to plant room (to be
coordinated with Acoustic consultant).
Provide clean dedicated power supply for AV equipment as per AV consultant.
Audiovisual equipment should NOT share the same power supply with dimmer
system to avoid EMI interference; Electrostatic floor should be provided.
Total power consumption and cooling data should be submitted to MEP consultant for
coordination by the AV consultant.
Data point should be provided for software update, setting up etc (to be coordinated
with IT consultant).
Work bench should be approx. 600 mm (D) x 1800 mm (W) for placing LCD monitor,
mixing console, control panel and other facilities.
Appropriate air conditioning and ventilation for AV control room.
2 nos. monitor speakers with selectable input should be provided.
179
Down light should be provided for each selection of these lighting to avoid the
interference problems between HF electronic ballast operating fluorescent
lamps/incandescent lighting and IR remote control equipment.
Equipment
Spa Entry, relaxation, bar and general circulation
- Touch screen play list and volume control
- Ceiling Loudspeakers
- Public Announcement (PA)
Pool Area
- Touch screen play list and volume control to share with Spa Entry
- Outdoor loud speakers
- Pool speakers
- Mobile music system (as required)
- MP3 (as required)
Gym Area and Cardio Vascular Area
- High quality HD Flat Screen TVs
- Ceiling Loud speakers
- Cardio TVs and stereo head set
- Mobile AV Cart for exercise area (see mobile cart for exercise room)
- Wired and Wireless microphone system.
- Wired in-room lighting and sound control panel
- Amplifier with multiple inputs
Treatment room
- Touch screen play list and volume control
- MP3 docking station
- MP3 player loaded with MP3 files
- High quality wall mounted loudspeakers
Connections
Spa Entry, relaxation, bar and general circulation
- Wired connection to the centralized music server
- PA Connections
- Wired and Wireless Internet Access
Pool Area
- Power for Mobile music system
- MP3 connection
- Under water speaker connection
Gym Area and Cardio Vascular Area
- Wired connection to the centralized music server
180
- AM/FM connectivity
- Wired and Wireless Internet access
- Data/CATV cables for each Cardiovascular equipment
Note: CAT6 cable is required.
- MATV
- Wired Microphones connections in Gym area
Treatment room
- Wired connection to the centralized music server
Training Room
Concept
The training room is used to provide on-going employee training. The following AV
systems are the minimum requirements.
Equipment
Connections
Typical Guestroom
Concept
The term Typical Guestroom applies to a single bay room irrespective of its bed
configuration. Please see also the Guestroom Technology chapter for more details. The
following Audio Visual systems are minimally required in the Typical Guestroom:
Connections
MATV System to provide a selection of local and international channels.
Active multi-media jack-pack (hub) solution at desk area: s-video, MP3, VGA,
component video, HDMI, Bluetooth, etc. connected to TV via HDMI cable.
TV monitor connectivity via laptop PC through VGA laptop plug-in located at desk
area and an Interactive TV (ITV) solution will be provided allowing on demand rental
of first release movies.
Each guestroom requires a Broadband Internet Connection (high-speed) via a UTP
Category 6 or better cable connected to a Broadband Service Provider (wired and
wireless).
Connection for High Definition Blu-ray DVD to TV (for Park Hyatt).
181
Equipment
42" screen size Digital 16:9, 200 Hz wide screen Stereo LCD/Plasma/LED High
Definition TV.
TV must support Smart Card inputs for ITV connections utilizing the IR receiver of the
Television. Set Top Boxes are not preferred but can be an alternate solution.
User-friendly Remote Control.
Provide connection to ceiling or under vanity mounted speaker with volume control in
the bathroom area for relaying TV audio source. Volume control is not required when
there is TV in the bathroom.
MP3 docking station at beside.
Minimum 15 LCD or LED High Definition TV at bathroom (as per project specific
requirement).
High Definition Blu-ray DVD (for Park Hyatt).
Equipment
High Definition Blu-ray DVD Player shall be provided.
182
Surround Sound Stereo System connected to the TV for Home theatre effects.
Digital 16:9, Plasma, LCD or LED High Definition TV for each of the bedroom, living
areas and bathroom.
High end Hi-Fi system in each separate bedroom and living area.
Teleconferencing System
For those locations requiring a Teleconferencing System, the following minimum
requirements shall be provided:
Equipment
Connections
ISDN connections.
Microwave (as appropriate with concept).
Satellite (as appropriate with concept).
Provision in ballrooms and boardrooms should be made to support video
conferencing systems brought in via a service provider.
Equipment
Microphone shall be highly directional with a push to talk button. Loop configuration or
infrared transmitter shall be zoned to correspond with Ballrooms subdivision.
The equipment shall be comprised of, but not limited to:
- Monitoring Speaker
- Headphones
- Infrared Emitters
- Microphones
- Transmitters IR or radio controlled
- Receivers
- Control desk and booths
- Amplifier
Connections
Variable attenuator connected to the main amplifier.
All inputs and outputs must be balanced and matched for impedance and voltages.
Cabling provision should be made in ballroom to support a portable translation
system.
183
184
185
Operational Concept
A centralized PC based operating station, controlling, monitoring, and data processing of
major systems and equipment. The centralized station is connected via data network to
decentralized stand-alone programmable controllers. The network shall allow Peer to
Peer communication. The BAS must have the ability to control and interconnect
components from different manufacturers. It must provide bi-directional data
communication and coordinated control via real-time data exchange through a common
communications data exchange protocol. Integration shall extend to the operators
workstation software, which shall support user interaction with all control system
components. This integration should include equipment of proprietary controls. To
achieve a fully integrated system, it is necessary to source components from
manufacturers committed to working in an open protocol environment (BACnet or LON
Mark/LON Talk/LAN/EIB).
Sustainable Design- Integration to different systems shall be in a way to meet Hyatts
Sustainable Design Criteria and attain energy performance optimization through
measurements, verification and full automation.
Experience Record
The manufacturer and installer shall have no less than 5 years documented experience
in the manufacture or installation of works in this field and be able to provide
professional commissioning of the system. The BAS manufacturer shall provide a list of
five comparable projects that have BAS with a similar extent of specification as outlined
above. These projects must be on-line and functional.
The BAS manufacturer shall employ specialists in the field including Programming,
Engineering, Field Supervision, and Installation. Specialists shall have a minimum of
five years of experience with BAS.
Scope of Work
The extent of automation, monitoring, and control may vary from project to project but
shall minimally include the scope of coverage detailed in the following attachment.
See Attachment: Sample BAS Point Schedule
The consultant should present a detailed report of the intended scope of coverage for
the BAS and liaise with contracted suppliers and manufacturers to ensure the system is
fully functional in accordance with H.I.T.S. minimum standards.
186
Design Criteria
At minimum, a central host computer and control console shall be located in the
engineering office area with repeater workstations at communication centre and security
command center. The equipment must be located in a fully air conditioned room with a
direct power feed from UPS connection or a two hour, battery back-up system. The
repeater workstations can be realized via Microsoft Windows based pop-up menus at a
PC workstation in those areas. In this case, the BAS host computer must be connected
to the hotel Local Area Network via Ethernet based on TCP/IP protocol. If the Hotel is
part of a larger complex, e.g. one that contains residential, office and/or commercial
components, an independent hotel BAS workstation is required and may be linked to the
master control console for the entire complex only for monitoring and alarm functions.
The system must have the following features:
Color graphic floor plan and schematics display for mechanical systems as specified
in the approved data reporting point schedule.
Monitor indoor air quality in accordance with H.I.T.S. HVAC minimum standards
Alarm management to monitor, buffer, and direct alarm reports to operator devices
and memory files. Each decentralized controller panel shall perform distributed,
independent alarm analysis, prioritizing and filtering.
Auto-dial alarm shall be included (critical alarms shall initiate a call to a remote
operator device).
Fail Safe Protection to protect the HVAC system against freezing and to control the
spread of smoke and fire minimally in accordance with NFPA Standards 90A and 101.
Password-protected levels of access to the system.
Web Based Operator Interface to allow access to BAS data via the Internet or
Intranet. This interface shall use HTML-based pages to send and receive data from
the BAS system to a web browser. The interface shall provide several levels of user
access, from read only access to modify data.
An interface system including comprehensive control for various building systems.
Compatible with other systems, which may require interfaces, or become part of the
BAS include:
- Security Systems
- Fire Alarm Systems to the extent permitted by code
- Lighting Control System
- Lift Status Indication
- Property Management System
- Kitchen Refrigeration Systems
- Sustainable Systems
- Lighting Control Systems
Interface to the Property Management System (e.g. Micros/Fidelio) to manage and
control MEP systems and energy consumption in guestrooms at the front desk.
187
Provide standard communication protocol for transfer of meter reading data from the
Building Automation System into the hotel's Web-based Energy Reporting system.
Energy Management feature to provide efficient control of all MEP systems minimally
including:
- Non-essential load shedding
- Time setting of lighting and fans
- Set - point set - back for all hotel areas
- Taking advantage of free cooling
- Graphical and enhanced tabular reporting
- Individual area sub-metering
See Attachment: Minimum Recommended Sub Metering Matrix
Provide interface to the hotel supplied Computerized Maintenance Management
System (CMMS) that provides a more extensive scheduling, control and escalation of
periodical preventative maintenance, inventory control, tracking, escalation of
unresolved problems, etc.
Future Expansion
All BAS installations shall be designed to minimally allow future expansion utilizing open
protocol system programming. All elements of the system should be modular in design
with provision for increased capacity.
188
Attachments
Building Automation Systems
No.
System Description
1.
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
Out
Command On/Off
Status On/Off
Status (low/high)
Burner Lockout
Burner Status
Burner Trip
Gas Meter
Pressure
Boiler Common
Common Flow Pressure
188.1
1
1
1
1
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
Command On/Off
1.4.
1.5.
Pump Status
Pump Trip
Pump Trip
Heat Exchanger
Supply Temperature
TOTAL
2.
2.1.
17
11
37
Supply Fans
Fan Status
Fan Trip
6
6
Exhaust Fans
Fan Status
Fan Trip
Fan On/Off
TOTAL
3.
FANS
Fan On/Off
2.2.
Out
24
12
188.2
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
6.
2
1
Trip
Pump Status
3
0
Out
TOTAL
LIFTS
12
7.
In
TOTAL
5.
Out
In
Digital
12
12
TOTAL
12
12
20
Pump Status
20
Pump Trip
20
MCC
11
Power Consumption
11
Water Consumption
11
188.3
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
In
TOTAL
8.
13
Digital
Out
In
Out
52
Chiller Status
Chiller Tripping
Chiller On/Off
24
Compressor Run/Trip
24
Secondary Pumps
Butterfly Valves
188.4
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
9.
TOTAL
10
Flow Switch
26
12
6
0
12
GAS SUPPLY
Gas Supply Meter
TOTAL
12.
106
TOTAL
11.
12
TOTAL
10.
Out
5
5
20
20
20
188.5
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
20
20
20
20
Filter DPS
20
Chilled Water VM
20
Hot Water VM
20
20
Fresh Air DM
20
Return Air DM
20
Exhaust Air DM
20
20
20
20
Water Humidifier
20
TOTAL
13.
62
100
120
60
Filter DPS
Chilled Water VM
Hot Water VM
Out
188.6
No.
System Description
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
5
Fresh Air DM
TOTAL
14.
MAIN SUB-STATION
14.1
Feeder
14.2
14.3
14.4
10
10
25
10
Switch Gear
Status
Trip
Transformer
TOTAL
15.
SUB STATIONS
15.1
Switch Gear
15
Out
188.7
No.
System Description
15.2
15.3
15.4
Analogue
Qty
In
Out
Digital
In
15
15
Status
Trip
Transformer
Out
Consumption (KwH)
Consumption (fuel)
TOTAL
GRAND TOTAL
10
65
149
133
487
118
Diesel
Oil
Entry Building
Generator Set
Area
Steam
Hot
Water
X
Electricity
X
X**
X**
X**
X**
Steam Boiler
X*
X*
Chiller
Calorie BTU
Meter
X*
Cold
Water
X**
Staff Cafeteria
X**
X**
Health Club
Commissary Kitchen
Bakery
X**
Irrigation
X**
X**
188.9
Gas
Diesel
Oil
Steam
Serviced Apartments
Hot
Water
Cold
Water
Electricity
Calorie BTU
Meter
STP
X*
Grey Water
X*
Sustainable Systems
Legend:
As required
Note: Above specified meter to be compatible with Building Automation System to permit automatic
recording, storage, retrieval and analysis of data. In addition, specified meters to provide accurate
measurement (+ / - 1%) over anticipated range of flows, pressures, temperatures, power consumption
etc. to be measured.
188.10
Operational Concept
It is the policy of Hyatt International Hotels to safeguard the lives and safety of all
employees, visitors and guests and reduce property damage due to fire, smoke and
other emergencies.
All facilities of the hotel shall minimally comply with local building codes and regulations,
NFPA-101-Life Safety Code, International Building Code and H.I.T.S. Life Safety
Statement. Where conflict occurs, the most restrictive requirement shall apply.
The main control panels shall be located at the Security Command Centre or another
location as required by the local authority, and shall be repeated in the Engineering
office via repeater panels and the Communication Center via an integrated PC based
system. The Fire and Life Safety Systems consist of the systems below and each shall
be fully interfaced:
Fire Protection and Extinguishing Systems.
Fire Alarm and Evacuation System.
Smoke Control System.
Gas Detection System.
Elevator Retrieval System.
Automatic Exit Door Control (See Security System chapter).
Building Automation System (See Building Automation System chapter).
Security System (See Security System section).
Medical Aid Alarms at Spa's and Fitness Center (See Security Systems chapter).
Other systems as part of the Fire and Life Safety Systems are:
189
Water Supply
Standpipe System
Water Supply
190
- Hose reels must be located throughout all internal and external covered areas to
provide effective protection for the entire interior and exterior covered areas and
all roofs.
- Distance between hose reel stations must not exceed 30 m, or less as required by
local prevailing codes. Hose reels required within a lockable space, such as
storerooms, to be provided with a second hose reel in the circulation area near
entrance to lockable space. Provide control valve and hose with an attached
adjustable nozzle for both jet and fog streams.
Outlet Connections
- The hose reel outlet connections must conform with the local fire brigades
requirements.
Dry Risers
- Where required by local prevailing code, a dry riser may be provided in addition to
the localised standpipe system. Minimally, risers to be provided at each fire
stairway in the guestroom tower. Each outlet to be in the stairway, or within two
meters of the enclosed stairway.
- Distance between dry risers on the same floor shall not exceed 50 meters,
allowing for a 10 meter overlap with a hose length of 30 m. Provide control valve
and hose with an attached adjustable nozzle for both jet and fog streams.
Pump Stations
- Pumping stations to be either independent of, or combined with, the municipal
system in accordance with local prevailing code.
- At sites lacking back-up services of an effective fire brigade, water hydrants
having a tool operated globe valve and 63 mm (2) hose connection to be
provided for the protection of the exterior of the main structure and other auxiliary
buildings.
- System to be designed to deliver a minimum of 375 liter/min at each 63 mm (2)
connection. Spacing of hydrants to be as dictated by the structures geometry,
and to provide overlapping water stream coverage for each section or area.
- Minimally provide each Computer, PABX and MATV Rooms with a specialized,
automatic extinguishing systems utilising lnergen, FM 200 or equivalent. Systems
need to be integrated with the fire alarm system and submitted to H.I.T.S. for
approval.
Electrical Equipment
- Minimally provide for each High and Medium Voltage Electrical main distribution
panel rooms with specialized automatic extinguishing system utilizing Inergen, FM
200 or equivalent.
Kitchen Hoods
- Minimally provide each kitchen exhaust hood and stone hearth oven with a wet
chemical automatic extinguishing system equivalent to Ansul Piranha and submit
to H.I.T.S. for approval. Minimally integrated with the hotel fire alarm system.
- The system shall meet UL Standard 300 criteria, be UL listed and Factory Mutual
approved.
- Minimally when the automatic extinguishing system at a stone hearth oven is
activated, the fuel supply will be cut off via a solenoid valve and the exhaust fan
shall be automatically shut down.
191
- Each kitchen exhaust hood automatic fire suppression system shall be interfaced
with the main fire alarm system, the automatic fuel supply shut off valve for gas
equipment, and shunt-trip circuit breakers providing power to electric equipment
located below the exhaust hood.
Portable Extinguishers
Portable extinguishers must minimally meet NFPA Standard 10 Portable Fire
Extinguishers be provided at each fire hose reel cabinet and in recessed cabinets
throughout all guestroom, public and back of house areas.
Provide portable extinguishers to suit the class of fire risk in the areas they protect.
Where portable extinguishers are proposed as the primary fire fighting devices for an
area, provide a fully detailed plan identifying the area and adjoining spaces including
areas below and above, exiting, class and density of extinguishers.
Cabinets and locations for extinguishers in public areas to be provided in accordance
with Interior Designer requirements.
fire detection and alarm system shall be provided for all internal and external covered
areas.
The fire detection and alarm system shall be designed in accordance with the latest
edition of NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm Code.
192
193
Equipment Requirements
Cabling
- All cabling used shall be zero halogen, low smoke, fire rated and shall be "listed"
for fire alarm use or as recommended by the manufacturer.
Smoke and Heat Detectors
- All internal and external covered areas shall be equipped with smoke detectors to
ensure broad spectrum, full hazard coverage. Smoke detectors shall be capable
of performing independent fire detection algorithms by continuously monitoring the
environment for particles of combustion, measured over time and compared with
known signatures of differing fire types.
- Smoke detectors may be substituted with heat detectors of suitable temperature
rating in applicable areas.
- Smoke detector shall not be located in steamy areas such as bathrooms or part of
kitchens where steam is present to prevent false alarms.
- Smoke detectors shall minimally feature the following characteristics:
Compliance with Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB)/EN/NFPA
requirements, analogue addressable, self-diagnostic, system line powered,
intelligent synergistic decision process, ionization, photoelectric and thermal
technology, LED status indicator for normal operation, alarmed status and fault
indication.
- Smoke detectors in guestrooms shall be provided with sounder base.
Carbon Monoxide Alarms
- Carbon monoxide detectors shall be provided in areas with fuel-fired appliances
only if required by local or state ordinance.
- Carbon monoxide detectors shall only be monitored by the building fire alarm
system if required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). If monitoring is
required, activation shall report as a supervisory signal.
194
Alarm Notification
The fire alarm notification shall operate on the basis of a two level escalation procedure.
The initiation and sequencing of alarm conditions if permitted by the authority having
jurisdiction shall be as follows:
Level One
Any alarm condition must initiate an automatic call to the municipal fire station(s)
serving the hotel location and the hotel fire brigade. A trouble signal should not be
programmed to sound evacuation.
Any alarm condition shall be transmitted to and interface with the hotel PABX to
automatically dial up a pre determined group of extensions and transmit information
concerning the alarm condition and zone concerned.
The level one status shall be the triggering of a single device such as any detector, a
manual pull station or any sprinkler or extinguishing system flow switch. If permitted
by the authority having jurisdiction, any one of these actions will activate a local alarm
at each panel triggering the evacuation level one alert message in BOH areas, at
executive offices and control rooms.
Subject to approval from the authorities having jurisdiction over the project, this first
level alarm sounding at each control panel may be "muted" by fire brigade in
195
attendance or by a trained hotel employee at any control panel within a period not
exceeding 60 seconds. In this event the alarm and evacuation system shall
immediately stand down for a period not to exceed 180 second except in BOH areas,
where an alert tone shall continue to be broadcast at a low volume level.
In addition, and subject to further approval from the authorities having jurisdiction over
the project, this period of 180 seconds will be allowed to elapse during which the
source of the level one alarm can be investigated. If the source of the alarm is found
to be false, a trouble alarm or eliminated during the investigation period then, this
level one status can be re-set either by the fire brigade in attendance, or by a trained
hotel employee inputting a password and individual pin identification. In this situation
the system would not re-sound either the alarm or evacuation message. If the 180
seconds investigation period is exceeded, the system would immediately escalate to
a level two status.
Level Two
The level two status shall also be automatically initiated by the failure to mute the
Evacuation System
Design Parameters
The
196
Level One
At this level the evacuation "Alert" message shall be automatically transmitted to the
back of house areas provided the triggering of the fire detection and alarm system did
not take place in the back of house.
The "Alert" message will be preceded by and consist of an introductory pulse tone for
not less than five seconds or more than ten seconds followed by a pre recorded
"Alert" message. The message shall advise that an alarm has been received in a
stated area and that the occupants should prepare to evacuate the building if the
evacuation message is given. At the end of each message loop the alarm tone will
continue for five seconds followed again by the pre recorded alert message. This
sequence will continue until the fire alarm system has been muted or reset.
197
Level Two
An introductory pulse tone for not less than five seconds or more than ten seconds
followed by a pre recorded "evacuation" message. The message shall advice all
building occupants to leave the building immediately in a calm and orderly manner.
At the end of each message loop the alarm tone will continue for five seconds
followed again by the pre recorded evacuation message. This sequence will continue
until the fire alarm system has been reset.
The second level "evacuation" message shall be transmitted to all internal and
external covered areas. The order of transmissions shall, with prior approval from the
authorities having jurisdiction, follow a sequential order to address the alarmed zone,
adjacent areas, exiting routes, priority occupancy levels and all remaining areas. A
staged intelligently analyzed and prioritized evacuation must be provided.
Both alert and evacuation messages are to be distinct, authoritative without inflection
and may be repeated in several languages.
The re-setting of the level two status shall be accompanied by transmittal of a live
voice or pre recorded "all clear" message to all zones alarmed and/or other selected
zones consisting of an introductory pulse tone for not less than five seconds or more
than ten seconds, followed by the "all clear" message. The "all clear" message shall
advice that the alarm has been investigated and that it is now safe and to remain
inside the building.
See Attachment: Sample Schematic: Fire Alarm & Evacuation System Flow Diagram
See Attachment: Sample: Free Alarm Message
198
- Fire and/or smoke dampers shall be installed in accordance with current editions
of NFPA 90A.
- NFPA 101 Life Safety Code.
- Local codes may be used if more stringent than above.
Damper Types
- Shall be curtain, single blade or multi blade, with external position indicating
device, and shall bear the label of the Underwriters Laboratory (UL) or equivalent
agency and shall be installed in a sheet metal sleeve in accordance with NFPA
90A.
- Access doors of adequate sixe for resetting dampers shall be provided.
Guestroom Fresh Air Supply and Bathroom Exhaust
- Guestroom fresh air supply and bathroom exhaust branch-offs from their
respective risers shall be provided with smoke dampers in accordance with NFPA
or local code which ever is more stringent to prevent the spread of smoke to other
guestrooms or spaces.
Air Handling and Primary Air Units
- Shall be provided with duct type smoke detectors located upstream of the cooling
coil or as required by code.
- Smoke detectors to be wired to interrupt fans operation unless the AHU is
designed for secondary fire mode duty.
Minimum Requirements
Gas detectors.
Automatic shut off valves.
Local audible and visual alarm devices.
Automatic venting provisions.
Central status monitoring.
Automatic notification to local fire authorities and interface with the fire alarm system.
Power supplies, steel conduit and conductors.
Warning signs, "DANGER, GAS INSTALLATION INSIDE," shall be posted on doors
of enclosed spaces containing gas systems.
Gas Detectors
Gas detectors to be installed in a pattern that traces out the internal gas piping route and
the following additional minimum requirements:
199
Cooking areas: one detector minimum with one additional detector for each additional
50 m.
Non-cooking kitchen related spaces contiguous with cooking area: one detector per
75 m.
Enclosed areas, irrespective of how small, including the gas pipe shaft, each separate
area to receive a minimum of one detector. Larger areas, such as storerooms and
shops, to receive an additional detector per 100 m of floor area.
Area of consumers with gas pilot ignition.
Corridors: One detector every 20.0 m.
Near possible gas leak places.
Recommended height location:
- Light gas like Methane, natural gas or town gas ~300 mm from the ceiling.
- Heavy gas like LPG, propane, etc. ~300 mm from the floor.
Gas Ventilation
Automatic ventilation to be provided for each enclosed space. It is preferable that
ventilation be natural.
Where mechanical ventilation is required, it will consist of exhaust only. Exhaust fan
shall be provided with explosion proof motor and all aluminum construction.
Each kitchen to be provided with an automatic shut off valve adjacent to the isolation
valve, which automatically closes the gas supply when the exhaust fans are not
operating.
Seismic Detection
Automatic Seismic Detection/Shut off valve
Consist of a seismic detector with an automatic shut off valve located at the main gas
line. Triggered by a seismic activity or fire, the valves will automatically close thus
shutting off the flow of natural gas in the main gas line and sub branches.
Minimum Requirement
Shall be interfaced to the Fire Alarm System and Gas Detection System.
Tested to ANSI Z21.70 - 1981 standard for seismic shut off gas valves.
One located at the main gas line point of entry to the building
- Motorized on/off valve to connect electrically to the seismic detection device and
calibrated to interrupt flow of gas at the start of a seismic activity.
- Motorized on/off valve to shut off at second level fire alarm.
One on each point of entry of kitchen area.
- Motorized on/off valve to connect electrically to the seismic detection device and
calibrated to interrupt flow of gas and trips-off the shunt-trip circuit breaker at the
start of a seismic activity.
- Integrate with each automatic extinguishing system of kitchen hoods
- A quick (1/4 turn) manually shut off valve is required ahead of the automatic valve.
Triggers the automatic lift seismic operation.
Triggering of the seismic detection system shall automatically shut down the chillers,
boilers, cooling towers and associated equipment.
200
a 2-hour period in a passive state, and for the entire system in general alarm mode for
not less than 30 minutes.
Emergency Phase I
Upon signal from the Hotels fire alarm level two notification system or the smoke
detectors in the lift lobby, machine room, hoist way or manually operated key switch,
all lifts shall be dispatched automatically to the ground floor, or other approved floor,
as selected by the fire alarm system. Except for the lift at ground Lobby level, all lifts
shall, after discharging passengers, close their doors and remain at the selected floor
level. All floor and car buttons shall be rendered ineffective until the system is
manually reset or is placed into Fireman Phase II mode.
Provide a smoke detector in close proximity to each lift bank on the ground floor. If
this device senses smoke, automatically puts lift into fire mode. A key operated switch
shall be provided at the ground floor to activate and reset the retrieval system
manually.
On initiation from the fire alarm system:
- All lifts traveling away from the lobby floors to stop and without opening their
doors, ignore all calls and express to the fire alarm system selected landing floor.
- Cars traveling toward lobby to express to fire alarm system selected landing floor
lobby ignoring all calls.
- Cars on independent service to express to fire alarm system selected landing floor
lobby ignoring all calls.
- Cars parked on intermediate floors to close their doors and express to fire alarm
system selected landing floor lobby ignoring all calls.
- Cars parked at lobby to open their doors ignoring all calls.
- Express cars for sky lobby operation shall travel toward the ground floor lobby and
open their doors ignoring all calls.
- All hall and car buttons shall extinguish and accept no further hall or car
registration.
Minimally two service lifts to be provided with a key operated switch where designated
by the Architect, for emergency use. Further, a key operated switch in each car to
provide operation similar to that of Fireman Phase I and II.
201
Fireman/Emergency Phase II
Minimally operation must conform to ASME A17.1a, Section 211.3., and NFPA
requirements.
Firemans Switch. Inserting key in switch will place all car functions as follows:
- Close door. When car is static in shaft, applying constant pressure to door close
button will cause the doors to close.
- Applying constant pressure to the up or down would cause the car to travel in
selected direction at inspection speed. Release of button causes lift to stop.
- Applying constant pressure to the door open button switch would cause door to
open. Releasing the button before door is fully open to cause the door to close.
After door has opened fully, doors will remain open until the door close button is
pressed.
- Hall button riser to be rendered inoperative, however, a hall button pressed after
the system went into Phase 1 shall cause corresponding floor button in the car to
flash.
- Car position indicator to indicate floor when car approaches door operating range,
and if in motion it shall indicate nearest floor by flashing. When car is within
operating zone, the position indicator shall light uninterrupted.
- All electrical door safety locks to be rendered ineffective.
- Car position, direction of travel and floor conditions to be displayed on main panel
at communication center and security office.
- After returning the car to the designated landing floor, withdrawing the key from
the car switch and deactivating the architrave switch will render the car to original
pre fire mode condition.
- Resetting the Fire Alarm contacts in the car-monitoring panel will restore the
system to normal condition.
In-house Fire Brigade Service
- Where allowable by prevailing local code, an in-house fire brigade keyed switch to
be provided at convenient locations. The operation shall respond to fireman
Phase I and Phase II commands.
Seismic Operation
Lift installations in seismic zones to be provided with a seismic detection device, the
202
Exits
Exit facilities shall be designed in accordance with the legally adopted codes. If no
legally adopted codes exist, exit facilities shall be designed in accordance with the
latest edition of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code.
Exit capacity shall be designed to accommodate the code calculated occupant
population, but in no case shall exit capacity be less than that needed for the number
of people anticipated by the hotel operation (e.g. if a meeting room is required by
code to have exit capacity for 100 persons, but the hotel will accommodate 130
persons in the room, then the exit capacity must be sized for 130 persons).
Emergency lighting for exit facilities shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 101
or locally adopted standards, which ever is more stringent.
All Generator sites, boiler rooms and electrical distribution rooms shall each have a
minimum of two egress.
Protection of Hazards
The following areas shall be enclosed by one-hour fire resistive construction with
hour fire doors with closers on openings, and provided with automatic sprinklers- or
greater if required by applicable codes:
- Maintenance/Repair Shops.
- Bulk Laundry Rooms.
- Boiler Rooms.
- Storage Rooms over 10 sq. meters.
The following areas shall be enclosed by 2- hour fire resistive construction with 1-1/2
hour fire doors or dampers in openings, and provided with automatic sprinklers or
greater if required by applicable codes:
- Enclosed Parking Garages
- Trash Collection Rooms
- Soiled Linen Rooms
- Refrigeration System Rooms
- Paint Shops.
203
Attachments
Fire and Life Safety Systems
provided with a break glass switch located on the outside of each exit door.
Breaking the glass will interrupt the power circuit to all equipment in the space.
(CNG) sites, spray booth, battery room, dish washing areas and all food and
beverage preparation areas are to be certified shatter proof by a recognized authority.
No ordinary, unprotected receptacle, switch, fixture, or other potentially spark emitting
device to be installed, for whatever purpose, within 8.0 m of the LPG installation.
height, shall be provided at the highest point of the structure. Such light shall conform
to FAA rules or local aviation codes.
In all instances, the lights must remain lit day and night and shall connect to the
emergency supply and other sources as may be required by governing codes.
Seismic Switch
Seismic switch is required for all Hotels located in seismic areas.
This switch will be interlocked with main gas valve, elevators, chillers, and cooling
tower fans.
Minimally interfaced with Fire Alarm System
Minimally two exit signs or a combination of exit and exit directional signs shall be
Signs to be permanently illuminated with dual LED lamps. 1 lamp running from mains
and emergency power supply and 1 lamp from integrated constantly re-charging
battery power supply.
2-Hour trickle charged battery back-up shall additionally be provided where the
change over from normal power shall be instantaneous or indiscernible.
Emergency Lighting
As a minimum requirement an emergency lighting system that shall respond
203.1
lighting and evacuation signage fixtures where the changeover shall be instantaneous
or indiscernible.
Guestrooms
One light fixture in the entry area and one light fixture in the bathroom remains lit
when the main electrical supply goes into emergency or standby mode.
203.2
Building
Automation
System (BAS)
Security
System
Lift and
Escalator
System
Fire Detection
Alarm System
Medical Alert
Alarm System
for Spa and
Fitness Center
Engineering
Office
Main Security
Center
Fire Command
& Control
Center
Communication
Center
Master Workstation
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Not Required
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Not Required
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Master Workstation
Not Required
Not Required
Master Control
Panel with Intercom
(Note 2)
Not Required
Optional:
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Master Control
Panel
(Notes 3 & 4)
Not Required
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Repeater
Workstation
(Note 1)
Repeater Control
Panel
(Note 3)
Repeater Alarm
Indication Panel
Not Required
Repeater Control
Panel
(Note 3)
Not Required
Repeater Control
Panel
(Notes 3 & 4)
Repeater Alarm
Indication Panel
Not Required
Local Alarm
Indication Panel
Note:
1. The repeater workstation can also be realized via the pop-up menus at a PC workstation which is already in use in those areas.
2. Master control panel with intercom facility for lift and escalator system should be located in the Main Security Center which is
manned continuously. The master control panel must have display to indicate the position, direction of travel and door status of
all lifts, dumb waiters and escalators.
3. The Master/repeater control panels cannot be PC based, but should be the standard panels manufactured by the fire alarm
system Manufacturer, that typically include an LCD display with various indicators and buttons.
4. If the local code allows the Main Security Center and Fire Command & Control Center combining into one room, only a Master Fire
Services Control panel is required.
203.3
Pre-function Areas
Casino Areas
Atrium Lobbies
Registration Lobbies
Office Areas
Parking Garages
Locker Rooms
Swimming Pool
203.4
CAUSE
X
X
203.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Smoke
Detector
Heat
Detector
Sprinkler
Flow Switch
Notify Fire
Brigade and
Municipal Fire
Station/ PABX
Notifies Predetermined Staff
Triggering of one of
the above or any
other fire related
devices
Clearing of
Minor Fire
Situation
Alert Message in
BOH
60
Seconds
LEVEL 1
Yes
Yes
Acknowledge
180
Investigate Affected
Zone & Initiate Low Seconds
Level Alert Sounder
In the BOH
Serious
Fire or 2nd
Device Triggered
before end of
180 sec.
No
No
Minor Fire
Situation
Reset Panel
No
All Clear
message in
the entire building
Yes
Evacuation
Message in the
Building Concerned
Safe to
Return to
Buidling
LEVEL 2
All Clear
& Return to Hotel
Message in the
Building &
Assembly Point
Yes
No
Fighting Fire
by Fire Brigade
Evacuate the
Building
Await Instructions
from
Fire Brigade
CHICAGO,
ILLINOIS,
60606,
USA
File: Firprot.vsd
SCALE: NTS
ER&MS Version 4
NOTE: HYATT INTERNATIONAL DRAWINGS ARE NOT PRODUCED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THEY ARE TO BE USED ONLY TO INFORM THOSE CONCERNED AS TO HYATT
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS AND OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NO OTHER USE MAY BE MADE OF SUCH DRAWINGS WITHOUT THE PROPER CONSENT OF HYATT INTERNATIONAL
203.6
LEVEL 1
INTRODUCTORY LOW LEVEL ALERT TONE in BOH AREAS:
- In English:
Attention your attention please!
A fire detection device has been activated in the building,
Please stand by while we investigate!
- Followed by the same message in local language.
LOW LEVEL ALERT TONE in BOH AREAS:
- Maximum of 180 seconds; a tone selected from the system will sound incessant.
LEVEL 2
INTRODUCTORY
ALL OTHER or
- In English:
Attention your attention please!
An emergency has been reported in the building,
Please leave the building by the nearest emergency exit!
Do not use the elevators!
- Followed by the same message in local language.
ALL CLEAR
INTRODUCTORY ALERT TONE in BOH, ALL OTHER or EVACUATED AREAS:
- In English:
Attention your attention please!
The building emergency condition has been cleared,
You may return to your normal activities!
- Followed by the same message in local language
203.7
Typical Guestroom
Operational Concept
The objective is to consistently satisfy guest needs and expectations in guestrooms by
providing functional and simple usage of Access Control Lighting, Climate Control,
Telephones, Wired and Wireless Internet Access, and Audio/Visual solutions. A
centralized and integrated room management solution using programmable room control
unit (RCU) and motion / IR sensor based occupancy control shall be provided to enhance
the lighting control and effect, energy savings, and guest comfort. A wireless real-time
online networked guestroom electronic lock system supporting RFID technology
providing real-time status monitoring and added guest security shall be provided.
The typical guestroom can be divided into the following four components to further
explain the guestroom technology requirements and solutions:
Entrance Area.
Sleeping, Living, and Study.
Bathroom Wet Area.
Bathroom Dry/Closet/Dressing Area.
Note: All outlets, switches and faceplates shall be in accordance with Interior Designer's
selected finishes.
204
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Entry Vestibule
The following are minimum requirements for this area:
Occupancy Sensor operated Energizer control providing energy to the room.
- Initial reading of the key card at the entry door lock, or the contact switch at the
door frame shall activate the room energy control system and enable a courtesy
down light inside guestroom entrance area
- An occupancy sensor at the entrance area triggers the energizer control and
automatically activates a pre-set lighting configuration, enables all room circuitry
and comfort mode for climate control
- Absence of occupancy as determined by two occupancy sensors and the door
contact automatically turns off all lights in the room after a pre-programmed time
and switches the room climate control to set-back mode.
- Set-back made sets FCU at preset condition to:
Lowest speed
Room temperature at 26 C during summer and 20C during winter
- All lighting and power outlets in the room are controlled via the occupancy sensor
operated 'Energizer' except FCU, Desk, mini bar, TV set-top box, cordless phone
power, MP3 docking station, and guest convenience outlets at the bedside
Do Not Disturb switch with LED indicator (alternate location by the bedside).
One power outlet for general purposes.
One power outlet (direct connection) for Fan Coil Unit.
Minimum of two down lights. One down light for courtesy light purpose.
Minimally one light in the guestroom entry vestibule area and one light in the bathroom
area remain lit when the building electrical supply goes into emergency mode.
205
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Dimmer switch for general lighting (Grand Hyatt hotels and Park Hyatt hotels)
All on/off switch
3 speed on/off switch for ceiling fan if required.
Do Not Disturb switch if not located in the entry vestibule.
Note:
-
Living Area
The following are minimum requirements for this area:
One power outlet for floor lamp.
A compact/slim, digital, communicating type thermostat with LCD display featuring:
- Digital room temperature and set point indication.
- On/off, auto, or 3-speed fan control.
- Connection to a centralized Building Automation System or Room Management
System.
- Micro-switch connections to operable windows, balcony/patio doors to disable FCU
when open.
- Integral PIR Sensor for notion detection; capable of interfacing with entry door lock
and /or room energy control system.
TV connections:
- 4-pair CAT6 cable connection.
- Coaxial connection.
- Duplex power outlet independent from occupancy sensor operated energizer for
TV set-top box.
- External HDMI MP3, PC and AV connection from the active multi-media jack-pack
(hub) to the TV.
- Coax connection to the bathroom speaker.
- One power outlet for High Definition Blu-ray DVD (for Park Hyatt hotels).
- A/V connection from High Definition Blu-ray DVD to TV (for Park Hyatt hotels).
Power box and switches for drapes/curtains if applicable.
Mini bar
- 4 Pair CAT-6 cable to link to management system.
- One power outlet independent from occupancy sensor operated energizer.
Coffee or Tea hot water kettles (one power outlet).
Power outlets for art lights and any additional lights specified by the lighting designer.
Study Area
The following are minimum requirements for this area:
206
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
power and will not be connected to the occupancy sensor operated Energizer
Under the table:
- One telephone outlet for digital desk phone
- One power outlet for desk lamp
Active multi-media jack-pack (hub) connected to the TV. Location by the Interior
Designer. Jack- pack to support:
- VGA with Audio
- AV I/O (RCA Component)
- HDMI
- USB
- Bluetooth (optional)
- HDMI connection to TV
Table down light, if applicable. Switch shall be added as required.
One power outlet for art light, if applicable.
Note: Desk lamp, if loose, to have a built in dimmer switch and be independent from the
bedside master switch, but not from all on/off switch.
vestibule.
Minimally one light in the guestroom entry area and one light in the bathroom area
remain lit when the building electrical supply goes into emergency mode.
207
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Under floor heating and / or heated towel bar as required by local climatic conditions.
System shall either be electric or hot water based. Connected to the RCU or BAS.
Shall be addressable and centrally controlled through the integrated room
management solution.
Connection for LCD TV (15 minimum or as per project specific requirement).
- Preferably integrated with vanity mirror
- Coaxial connection
- Data connection
- One power outlet with GFCI
One telephone outlet for wall-mounted telephone slim type (with dial pad). Location
chosen by the Interior Designer.
One power outlet for hair dryer (minimum 1600 W) at closet, dry or dressing area, or
near make-up table. Should the hair dryer outlet be located at or near the vanity then
a GFCI outlet shall be used.
Audio Speakers
- Concealed location
- Volume switch (not required if the TV is provided in the bathroom), wired to Living
Area TV
- Connect to bathroom TV if TV is provided in bathroom
Closet
One light fixture in closet controlled via micro switch in doorframe.
Electric door chime (located inside the closet).
Suites
Operational Concept
All light fixture requirements shall be specified by the lighting consultant in coordination
with the Interior designer.
Minimum requirements for suites are identical to those of the Guestroom with the
following additions:
Entrance Area
Localized electronic programmable dimming system
Occupancy sensor operated Energizer
208
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Living Area
Audio/Visual System
Bathroom Area
Bathroom Dry/Closet/Dressing Area
Separate Dining
Dining Area
Kitchen/Pantry
Power connections for dishwashers, toaster, microwave, ovens, refrigerators, sink
disposals, exhaust hoods, room service cart warmer, drink mixer, and as specified by
the kitchen designer
Localized electronic programmable dimming system
209
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Power outlet for loose equipment above counter with GFCI (2)
Telephone outlet for slim-type phone
Exterior Balcony
All exterior balconies shall be provided with the following minimum features:
Weatherproof light fixture with switch located in the room.
Weatherproof duplex power outlets.
Graphics
Provide graphics for switches to be coordinated with the Signage consultant. Graphics
shall be as follows:
- Master.
- Reading.
- Living areas (if applicable).
- DND.
- Night light.
- Bathroom.
- Vanity.
- Ceiling fan.
Internationally accepted signage can be considered subject to approval from H.I.T.S.
See Attachment: Sample Typical Guestroom (King/Twin) Power/Lighting/ ELV Outlets
Provisions
See Attachment: Sample Lighting Control Matrix for Typical Guestroom
See Attachment: Sample 2-Bay Suite Typical Power/Lighting/ ELV Outlets Provision
See Attachment: Sample Lighting Control Matrix for 2-Bay Suite
210
Attachments
Guestroom Technology
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
Sample Typical Guestroom (King / Twin) Power / Lighting / ELV Outlets Provisions
01
TYPE
OS1
SW01
DC
13
02
TYPE
SO
SO*
DATA
05
03
TYPE
SO*
SO*
DATA
TV
AV
SO
AV
AV
04
06
03
02
07
08
09
11
10
12
01
ENTRANCE
USAGE
Occupancy Sensor Operated Energizer
Do Not Disturb (DND) Switch (c/w LED Indicator) To be revisited for PH
Door Contact Switch for courtesy light
MINIBAR
USAGE
Coffee or Tea Hot Water Kettle
Mini-bar (country duplex outlet)
Mini-bar
TV SET
USAGE
TV (country outlet)
Set-top Box( country outlet)
IPTV
SMATV
High Definition Blue Ray DVD connected to TV( for Park Hyatt)
High Definition Blue Ray DVD ( for Park Hyatt)
HDMI Connection from Active Multi-Media Jack Pack
Audio Connection to Bathroom from TV
04
TYPE
SO*
DATA
AV
SW13
SO
TEL
USAGE
One Country and Two Universal Standard (above desk)
Wired Broadband Internet (above desk)
Active Multi-Media Jack Pack with HDMI Connection to TV (above desk)
Down Light ( if applicable)
Desk Lamp (below desk)( Switched at base on 3-level dimmer)
Telephone (below desk)
05
TYPE
SW12
SO
SO
06
TYPE
SW05
SW07
SW09
SW11
SW15
SW
TEL
SO*
SO*
SO*
SO*
BEDSIDE (RIGHT)
07
TYPE
SW04
SW06
SW08
SW10
TEL
SW14
SO*
SO
SO*
08
TYPE
AC
SO
OS2
STUDY AREA
USAGE
Bedside Master R
Reading Light R (push down style dimmer)(if Ceiling Mounted)
Night Light R (c/w LED indicator)
Bedside Lamp R( if wall mounted or out of guest reach)
Bedside Lamp R ALL ON / OFF
Electric Curtain Sheer & Blackout (if any)
Telephone (below nightstand)
Cordless Phone
Bedside Lamp( if loose fixture) (below nightstand)
Universal Outlet (easily accessible by guest)
MP3 Docking Station (below nightstand)
BEDSIDE (LEFT)
USAGE
Bedside Master L
Reading Light L (push down style dimmer)( If Ceiling Mounted)
Night Light L (c/w LED indicator)
Bedside Lamp L
Telephone (below night stand)
Beside Lamp L ALL ON / OFF
Cordless Phone
Bedside Lamp( if loose fixture) (below nightstand)
Universal Outlet (easily accessible by guests)
10
TYPE
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
TV
SO
SPKR
VC
AV
11
TYPE
TEL
USAGE
Thermostat
General Purpose (300mm AFFL)
Occupancy Sensor working together with OS1 and DC
210.1
BATHROOM
USAGE
Bath 1 Light (All Down lights) Dimmer
Bath 2 Light (Mirror Light + Cove Lights)
Occupancy sensor for bathroom night light
VANITY COUNTER
USAGE
Anti-fog Mirror
Hair Dryer (Hard wired type preferred)
Dual Voltage 110 220V for Shaver
Shaving Mirror
GFCI General Purpose ( country standard for curling iron, etc.)
TV Point ( For Park Hyatt )
TV( Country Simplex) ( For Park Hyatt )
Speaker (Bathroom without TV)
Volume Control for Speaker (Bathroom without TV)
Audio Connection from TV to Speaker (Bathroom without TV)
WC CUBICLE
USAGE
Telephone (near to W.C.)
12
TYPE
SW
SO
SO
CLOSET
13
TYPE
SW
14
TYPE
SW
-
CORRIDOR
LEGEND
TYPE
AC
AV
DATA
SO*
SO
SW#
TEL
TV
SPKR
VC
DC
OS
REMARKS
TYPE
1
2
3
4
GENERAL
14
2011 Hyatt International Technical Services, Inc.
09
TYPE
SW02
SW03
OS03
5
6
USAGE
Door Micro-switch for Closet Light
Iron (Regency, Grand and Andaz )
Door Bell Chime
USAGE
Door Bell Push connected to DND
LED for DND
DESCRIPTION
Thermostat with Digital Display + ON/OFF, Three Speed Control
+ Temperature Control.
Audio Visual Point
4 Pair CAT-6 Data Point
Power outlets not connected to Occupancy Sensor operated. Connected to
the emergency power.
Power Outlet
Lighting Switch (# should be refer to the Lighting Control Matrix)
4 Pair CAT-6 Telephone Point
Television Coaxial Point
Speaker
Volume Control
Door Contact Switch
Occupancy Sensor Switch
DESCRIPTION
Should read in conjunction with the Lighting Control Matrix.
Wireless broadband internet should be provided but the corresponding
MEP provisions are not shown as they should be included in the Data
Network Infrastructure.
Active Multi-Media Jack Pack shall consist of VGA, AV, HDMI +
Bluetooth. HDMI cable Connection to TV.
Micro-switch connections to operable windows and balcony/patio doors to
disable FCU when opened.
The selection and setting-out of all outlets that are exposed to view which
include socket outlets, switches, DND switch, AV points and thermostat
should be coordinated with the Interior Designer.
Proper labeling should be provided for lighting switches at bedside and at
locations where confusion may arise due to groups of switches.
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
COURTESY LIGHT
(DOOR CONTACT
ACTIVATED)
DC
OS01
SW01
SW02
SW03
OS03
MSW
SW04
SW05
SW06
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
OPERATED
ENERGIZER
(WELCOME MODE)
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
OPERATED
ENERGIZER
OFF
DND SWITCH (LED)
ON/OFF
BATH 1 ( Dimmer)
ON/OFF
BATH 2
ON/OFF
BATHROOM
NIGHTLIGHT
CLOSET (Door switch)
OPEN/CLOSE
BEDSIDE MASTER L
ON /OFF
BEDSIDE R
ON / OFF
READING L (Dimmer)
ON/OFF
ENTRANCE
LIGHT
ON
OFF
DND
INDICATOR
(LED)
ON
OFF
BATH 1
(Note 1)
ON
OFF
BATH 2
(Note 2)
ON
OFF
X
X
X
X
GENERAL
LIGHT
(Note 3)
ON OFF
CLOSET
ON
OFF
READING
L
READING
R
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
NIGHT
LIGHT
BATH
ON OFF
NIGHT
LIGHT
ENTRY
ON OFF
SW13
SW14
SW15
-
ON
OFF
BALCONY
LIGHT
ON
OFF
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X
SW12
OFF
FLOOR
LAMP
X X
ON
DESK
DOWN
LIGHT
ON OFF
X X X X
SW11
DESK
LAMP
SW10
BEDSIDE
LAMP R
Note 7
ON OFF
READING R (Dimmer)
SW07 ON/OFF
BEDSIDE LAMP L
ON/FF
BEDSIDE LAMP R
ON/OFF
DESK LAMP (Built-in
switch)
BALCONY
ON/OFF
DESK DOWN LIGHT
ON/OFF
BEDSIDE ALL L
ON/ OFF
BEDSIDE ALL R
ON / OFF
FLOOR LAMP
ON/OFF
BEDSIDE
LAMP L
Note 7
ON OFF
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X
Notes:
1.
2.
Bath 2 (On / Off)- Vanity Wall Sconces & Cove lights at WC + Shower + Bathtub. Welcome mode to include for open type bathroom only.
3.
General light includes downlights, picture lights, minibar lights and cove lights at Living and Study Areas.
4.
Room Control Unit (RCU) to be adopted for lighting control and should be interlocked with the BAS and Property Management System for enegy saving control as detailed in our Engineering Recommendations and Minimum Standards (ERMS).
In an open style bathroom or living areas with more lighting fixtures, the Lighting Control Matrix shall be different.
210.2
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
8.
9.
Bathroom night light will be operated by an occupancy sensor in adition to the switches at the bedsice. Occupancy sensor should turn the bathroom night light on even when the lighting is in ALL OFF mode.
210.3
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
13
15
14
12
11
10
17
16
09
08
07
05
06
02
03
04
12
TYPE
TEL
02
TYPE
SO
SO*
DATA
MINIBAR
VANITY COUNTER
USAGE
Anti-fog Mirror
Hair Dryer (Hard wired type preferred)
Shaving Mirror
Dual Voltage 110 220V for Shaver
GFCI General Purpose Country Standard( for curling iron, etc)
Occupancy Sensor for vanity area
WC CUBICLE
USAGE
Occupancy Sensor Operated Energizer
Door Contact Switch
Do Not Disturb (DND) Switch (c/w LED Indicator) To be revisited for PH
Door Chime
USAGE
Coffee or Tea Hot Water Kettle
Minibar
Minibar
03
TYPE
SO*
DATA
TEL
SO
DINING/STUDY AREA
04
TYPE
SW
-
CORRIDOR SIDE
USAGE
One Country and Two Universal Standard (above desk)
Wired Broadband Internet
Telephone (below desk)
Desk Lamp (below desk)
USAGE
Bell Push
LED for DND ( To be revisited for Park Hyatt )
05
TYPE
SO*
AV
SO*
OS02
LIVING AREA
06
TYPE
SW03
SO
SW
SW
SO
SO
USAGE
One Country and One Universal Standard (above desk)
Active Multi-Media Jack Pack with HDMI Connection to TV (above desk)
MP3 Docking Station Power outlet
Occupancy Sensor for Living Area
TYPE
SO*
SO*
DATA
TV
AV
AV
08
TYPE
SW02
SW04
AC
SO
09
TYPE
SW05
OS03
10
TYPE
SW06
SW07
AC
AV
SPKR
SO
BATHROOM
07
01
11
TYPE
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
OS04
01
TYPE
OS01
DC
SW01
SO
USAGE
Bath 1 Light (All Down lights)( Dimmer)
Bath 2 Light (Wall Sconces + Cove Lights)
Thermostat
Bathroom TV Point
Speaker
Bathroom TV
13
TYPE
SO
GENERAL (BEDROOM)
14
TYPE
SW09
SW11
SW13
SW15
SW17
SO
SW02
TEL
SO*
SO*
BEDSIDE (R)
15
TYPE
SW08
SW10
SW12
SW14
SW16
SO
SO*
SW
TEL
SO*
SO*
16
TYPE
SO
MSW
USAGE
Bedside Master L
Reading Light L (Push down style dimmer)( if ceiling mounted)
Night Light L (c/w LED indicator)
Bedside Lamp L( if wall mounted)
Beside ALL ON / OFF L
Bedside Lamp( if loose fixture)
MP3 Docking Station Power outlet( at window side)
Electric Curtain/Blockout + Sheer (if any, locate at the Balcony/Window
side)
Telephone (below nightstand)
Cordless Phone
Universal Power Outlet (easily accessible by guests)
CLOSET
USAGE
Iron
Door Micro-switch for Closet Light ( Local switch for walk-in closet)
18
TYPE
SW
SO
LEGEND
TYPE
AC
AV
DATA
SO
SO*
SW#
TEL
TV
SPKR
DC
OS
REMARKS
TYPE
1
2
3
4
5
210.4
BEDSIDE (L)
TV SET (BEDROOM)
USAGE
Bedside Master R
Reading Light R (push down style dimmer)( if ceiling mounted)
Night Light R (c/w LED indicator)
Bedside Lamp ( if wall mounted)
Bedside ALL ON / OFF R
Bedside Lamp( if loose fixture)
Do Not Disturb (DND) Switch (c/w LED Indicator)
Telephone (below nightstand)
For Cordless Phone
Universal Power Outlet (easily accessible by guests)
17
TYPE
SO*
DATA
SO*
TV
USAGE
Telephone (near to W.C.)
USAGE
Floor Lamp
USAGE
TV (country duplex outlets)
IPTV
Set-top Box
SMATV
USAGE
Powder Room lights
GFCI Country Standard Power outlet
DESCRIPTION
Thermostat with Digital Display + ON/OFF, Three Speed Control
+ Temperature Control.
Audio Visual Point
4 Pair CAT-6 Data Point
Socket Outlet
Power Outlets not connected to Key Card Energizer. Connected to the
emergency power.
Lighting Switch (# should be refer to the Lighting Control Matrix)
4 Pair CAT-6 Telephone Point
Television Coaxial Point
Speaker
Door Contact Switch
Occupancy Sensor Switch
DESCRIPTION
Should read in conjunction with the Lighting Control Matrix.
Wireless broadband internet should be provided but the corresponding
MEP provisions are not shown as they should be included in the Data
Network Infrastructure.
Active Multi-Media Jack Pack shall consist of VGA, AV, HDMI
+ Bluetooth. HDMI cable Connection to TV.
Micro-switch connections to operable windows and balcony/patio doors to
disable FCU when opened.
The selection and setting-out of all outlets that are exposed to view which
include socket outlets, switches, DND switch, AV points and thermostat
should be coordinated with the Interior Designer.
Proper labeling should be provided for lighting switches at bedside and at
locations where confusion may arise due to groups of switches.
GUESTROOM TECHNOLOGY
OS01
DC
SW02
SW03
SW04
SW05
SW06
SW07
OS04
MSW
SW08
SW09
SW10
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
SW15
SW16
SW17
SW
LIVING AREA
DND
GENERAL
ENTRANCE
DESK
SIDE
INDICATOR
LIGHT
LIGHT
TABLE
LAMP
(Note3)
(Note 7)
LAMPS
ON
OFF
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
FLOOR
LAMP
(Note 7)
ON OFF
BALCONY
LIGHT
ON
OFF
DINING AREA
GENERAL
DINING
LIGHT
TABLE
(Note 4)
LIGHT
ON OFF ON OFF
BATH 1
(Note 1)
ON
OFF
BATH 2
(Note 2)
ON
OFF
NIGHT
GENERAL
LIGHT
LIGHT
BATH
(Note 5)
ON OFF ON OFF
BEDROOM
CLOSET READING L READING
R
ON OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
NIGHT
LIGHT
Bedroom
ON OFF
BEDSIDE
LAMP L
(Note 7)
ON OFF
BEDSIDE
LAMP R
(Note 7)
ON OFF
FLOOR
LAMP
(Note 7)
ON OFF
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
X
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
210.5
Operational Concept
The MATV (Master Antenna Television System) and ITV (Interactive Television) head
end equipment will be located in the same or adjacent room to the PABX, computer
equipment. It is from this location that the MATV and ITV will be distributed throughout
the building using the below defined infrastructure.
System Requirements
System must totally be IP based in content, delivery and storage.
A minimum of 30 High Definition and Standard Definition channels should be
provided. Channel line-up will be provided at a later date but must offer a mixture of
Local/ International News, Sports, Financial, and Entertainment channels.
System should provide a minimum of 6 free-to-guest music channels.
System should provide customizable wall screen in which the property can customize
the welcome page by displaying guest name, messages to the guest, as well as
services and amenities the hotel has to offer.
Express Check-out and Folio review by the guest.
Customizable channel Line-up based on guest preference or language preference.
Provide full video control on ITV programming such as fast forward, rewind, pause,
etc.
ITV to store content locally on server within hotel and to receive updated movies via a
satellite feed. Delivery of movies via a DVD is not preferred method and should be
avoided wherever possible.
System must interface into the PMS system to receive guest preference as well as
perform billing to the PMS system.
As an option High Speed Internet can be offered via the MATV/ITV solution, however
a dedicated wired and wireless High Speed Internet provider will also be installed in
the hotel.
Both systems shall be provided with a minimum 30 minutes UPS power source.
211
The Ethernet solution for the MATV/ITV system will be a dedicated and completely
separate network from the BOH Ethernet network. It will utilize the guest network and
will need to be coordinated with the HSIA provider.
Cabling specifications will need to be based on the requirements of the
manufacturers, however at minimum they must support the following:
- The Ethernet Riser cable will be fiber optic based
- The Ethernet horizontal cable will be Category 6, 4 pair cable at a minimum.
Quantity
Typical Guestroom
Bedroom (1)
Bathroom (1) if required
Junior Suites
Bedroom (1)
Living room (1)
Bathroom (1) if required
Bedroom (1)
Living room (1)
Bathroom (1)
Reception
Minimum (2)
Exercise Room
As needed
Aerobics
Minimum (2)
Treatment room
Bedroom (1)
Communication Center
Minimum (1)
Restaurant
Bar
Minimum (2)
VIP Room
1 per room
Meeting Rooms
1 per room
Pre-Function
Minimum (2)
Ballrooms
1 per room
Pre-Function
Minimum (2)
Employee Cafeteria
MATV room
Minimum (3)
GMs Office
(1)
Electrical Shop
(3)
* A coax solution shall still be provided to the cardio vascular equipment in the spa,
please coordinate with the spa equipment provider for details.
212
Note: All location shall be coordinated with the Interior Designer and Architect, and the
quantity of outlets per area might change based on specific requirements of each
project.
213
Operational Concept
Hotel security is a growing concern among travelers throughout the world. One only has
to look at the negative impact on hotel bookings, following a highly publicized tourist
attack, to see how important the perception of security is to the traveler.
When there is a choice, travelers will seek out a hotel property that has superior security
features and services, particularly if the destination is considered to be a potentially highrisk environment for crime or terrorism. It is therefore compelling in todays business
environment that security considerations are fully integrated into the design and
development attributes of a property.
214
SECURITY SYSTEMS
site as a fundamental element. of one or more of the following services to the project
team (expanded information can be found in DR&MS and ER&MS Scope of Works
section dealing with Specialist Consultants):
Security Basis of Design or Concepts report will be based on the determined risk
profile of the site; this report shall articulate general security concepts to be integrated
by the Architect into their schematic design of the site. Generally, reports include:
- The methodology used.
- Physical, Technical and Operational Security Concepts
- Outstanding architectural issues or vulnerabilities that cannot be effectively
mitigated based on the site plan or property limitations.
- An overview of security requirements and provisions that have been conveyed in
design criteria documents provided by Hyatt.
- Assistance provided to the Architect during schematic design of the site.
- Assistance provided to the Architect during the Design Development (DD)
process.
- Construction Documentation (CD) preparation assistance.
- Tender and Negotiation assistance.
- Construction Management / Oversight.
215
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- Testing / Commissioning.
H.I.T.S. in the vetting process and the selection of approved Security Consultants:
- Applicable Licensing and / or Certification of Project Director / Lead Consultant.
Acceptable licenses / certifications include:
Professional Engineer (PE) OR
Certified Protection Professional (CPP) OR
Physical Security Professional (PSP) OR
Applicable certification / experience gained through direct employment and
formal training from a military service or government agency specifically
relating to physical / facility security.
- Independence Attestation: No affiliation with security equipment suppliers,
manufacturers or distributors.
- Qualifications and Relevant Hotel Experience: Project size, location in the world,
complexity and overall security environment.
- Client References: Three references from recent project work. One client MUST
be from a Hotel / Hospitality organization.
- Defined Methodology: Identification of the exact industry-accepted methodology
used during assessment and design work.
- Resume and Profiles: of the Project Director / Lead Consultant and Relevant Staff.
incidents:
- Moving Vehicle Bombs (Vehicle Borne Improvised Explosive Device or VBIED)
- Stationary Vehicle Bombs
- Improvised Explosive Device (IED)
- Suicide Bomber
- Exterior Attack by multiple aggressors using a variety of weapons including
firearms, explosive devices and hand grenades
Design strategies surrounding the application of physical barriers and controls shall
include, but is not limited to the following:
- Maintain as much distance as possible between a location where an unscreened
vehicle is positioned and the hotel.
- Minimize accessible vehicle entrances and establish security screening processes
to safeguard against planted IEDs or Suicide Bombers.
216
SECURITY SYSTEMS
217
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Static Barriers
The hotels perimeter should be clearly marked for both business and legal purposes so
that the line between public and private property is delineated. Walls, fences and natural
barriers are common structures for marking territory, controlling access to a facility and
to effectively deter or delay an intrusion attempt. The nature of a perimeter wall, fence or
natural barrier is to:
Provide a legal boundary.
Control & allow screening of authorized entries.
Allow early detection of an intruder.
Deter casual intruders.
Cause an intruder to take an overt action that demonstrates intent.
Establish a physical & psychological deterrent.
Allow for effective use of officer & security monitoring forces.
Make unauthorized entry difficult.
218
SECURITY SYSTEMS
219
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- Gate Standards
Secured either electronically or with heavy-duty padlocks and case hardened
chains.
Drop-arm type gates with enough arm overhang to prevent it from slipping
easily off its hooked position. Sufficiently rigid to deter unauthorized entry by
bypassing, pushing through or scaling.
Arms extending at least 60 cm beyond the bollards placed at both ends and
opening mechanism must be chain-driven.
Automatic gates function manually as fail safe. Single locking, manual
locking device does not require the use of a chain.
Vehicle Barriers
Vehicle barriers purpose is to first prevent unauthorized vehicle access into a
predetermined standoff zone without being authenticated or physically screened and
searched by security personnel. Vehicle Barriers range from conventional traffic control
barriers used in parking garages and surface lots to crash-rated vehicle barriers
deployed at locations where a heightened security risk is present.
220
SECURITY SYSTEMS
221
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Landscaping
Landscaping at a property is an integral part of the overall site security plan and must be
incorporated into the site design at on the onset.
Landscaping Requirement
Six areas of the site must be reviewed by the Landscape Architect including:
- Street.
- Parking Lanes.
- Sidewalks.
- Grounds.
- Building Exterior.
- Building Interior.
Landscaping should not create a fortress-like effect but should be developed to
reinforce perimeter site security.
Landscaping should not create areas where people or equipment can be easily
concealed.
Landscaping should be designed with consideration given to reducing long-term
maintenance requirements.
Landscaping should be minimized at main entry points to limit the potential for
Improvised Explosive Devices (IED) concealment.
Natural terrain and Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)
principals shall be used as described below.
Landscaping Standard
Site grading should limit and direct pedestrian access.
Perimeters along beachfronts should incorporate both hardscape and softscape
landscape features to define the hotels perimeter.
Ponds, lakes and streams will be considered as adequate perimeter control to prevent
vehicle access, where applicable.
Shrubs along driveways, walkways and doors and gates should be no more than 60
cm high.
Small gravel extending two feet from the building faade may be appropriate. Large
rocks and stones are prohibited.
Tree limbs should be at least 2.15 m off the ground.
Shrubs near a building should be no greater than 90 cm high.
Landscaping should ensure a clear line of sight from public roadways.
Thick borders of shrubs or a hedge should be used along beachfront perimeters to
reinforce the property line and monitor individual movement to and from the beach,
where appropriate and applicable.
Lighting
Lighting helps to decrease crime and provides a strong deterrent to intruders, prowlers
and vandals. Good lighting promotes a more secure environment because it illuminates
those who threaten your property and its occupants. In addition, security lights help to
prevent accidents due to inadequate lighting.
- For locations, Security Lighting must be supplied at entryways for both people and
vehicles. Parking lots and garages and Loading docks.
222
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Parking
Parking Requirements
Exterior building perimeter areas must be illuminated to a minimum maintained level
of 10 lux (one foot-candle) at ground level.
Open parking lots must have a central control point for access and have the ability to
be monitored via human or technical surveillance where appropriate.
Physical access measures shall be in place to control parking and limit the facilitys
use to the identified group (hotel guests, visitors, employees, etc.) where necessary
based on the risk of crime, terrorism or related vulnerabilities.
Parking Standard
Surface Parking
- Surface parking shall be clearly defined with posted signs indicating the area is:
Private property.
Reserved for registered guests of the hotel and their visitors.
Limitation of the hotels liability to guest vehicles and belongings.
Valet & VIP Vehicles
- There must be designated parking for these vehicles and they must be under
constant control and/or surveillance at all times.
Underground and Garage Parking
- Must have access control systems and CCTV at all entrance(s) and exit(s).
- Must be designed to deter vandalism and theft that can arise from unauthorized
access.
- Must have emergency call boxes positioned in reasonable distances throughout
the parking decks.
- Should include roll-down gates to secure the parking areas during late night or
early morning hours to prevent pedestrians from wandering into the parking
decks.
223
SECURITY SYSTEMS
The system shall provide Pre-Pay (Pay On Foot) cashiering with a user selectable
exit grace period.
The Access Control software shall provide for an optional card use-debiting feature by
dollar amount or by number of uses.
The system shall provide real time space counting with the ability to display the
status. Definable counters shall include:
- Number of vehicles presently in any lot
- Spaces available in any lot
- Lighted panel for car park area capacity
- Cumulative total entries by entry point
- Cumulative grand total
- Number of Tickets dispensed
- Number of monthlies in any lot
- Non resettable counters
- Cash drawer operations
- All counter transaction data shall be stored to the hard disk for future status
viewing and reports. It shall be possible at a later date to view and/or print out the
status of any counter.
- The system shall produce a counter report on demand recapping the prior 24 hour
period showing all count statistics on an hour- by- hour basis totalizing at the
bottom. Maximum occupancy during any period, or maximum spaces available
during any period shall be reported.
Car park height sensor with indicating lamp and buzzer to be provided at the entrance
of the parking
Parking gate arm to be manually and automatically operated
Slave intercom to be connected at a master intercom in the parking gate house.
Special Parking Management Software shall be provided with the following features:
- Hotel Guest Parking
- This feature shall allow a clerk to enable guest parking for a 24 hour period based
on the guests parking ticket. The ticket shall automatically expire unless
programmed for an extended period.
- Tenant Billing
- For parking operators requiring monthly billing of tenants, it shall be possible to
generate invoices showing one or more cardholders assigned to that tenant,
variable rates for each cardholders assigned to that tenant, variable rates for each
cardholder within a tenant group, extra services, and applicable local taxes.
- The system shall provide for positive posting of payments, which shall
automatically enable all Tenant cardholders as a group, or deactivate all Tenant
cardholders as a group for non-payment.
- A Tenant group may consist of a single cardholder, or a group of cardholders, and
there shall be no limit to the number of Tenant groups or individual Tenant
cardholders.
- Time Management
- It shall be possible to generate reports based on the amount of time cardholders
utilize a parking facility, and it shall be possible to create the reports based on any
time period such as daily, weekly, or monthly. The time calculation shall include
the ability to round up to the nearest half hour to create a basis for tenant billing. It
shall be possible to create reports by individuals, or individuals within tenant
groups with totals based on group totals.
224
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- The software shall permit the user to produce reports, which shall include the
following: System activity by location, time, cardholder, or transaction status.
225
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Latch bolts shall be designed to (or reinforced to) prevent being sprung by a thin
instrument from the outside. Exterior doors shall be equipped with a metal pry plate
to avoid being sprung.
Any doors controlled by an on-line access control system shall contain
electromechanical locks or electric strikes. These doors should be programmed to be
fail-safe and interface with the hotels fire alarm system as appropriate.
Exterior doors shall be equipped with emergency release mechanisms in accordance
with health and safety requirements and concerns.
Panic hardware shall be installed on locked entrance/exit doors allowing exit in an
emergency, i.e. "push bar.
Alarm shall sound at the Security Command Center (SCC) and locally when doors are
opened unauthorized.
Guest Entry Doors
- The primary doors or Main Entrance should be in close proximity to the Guest
Check-in Desk.
- Shall include CCTV.
- Shall include security screening stations for properties considered to be in areas
with an Elevated Security Environment.
- Shall be controlled via electronic security method. Where possible, guest entry
doors shall be controlled via guest keycard lock devices.
- Should be limited in number wherever possible.
Tenant Entry Doors (where applicable)
- Shall include CCTV.
- Shall include security screening stations for properties considered to be in areas
with an Elevated Security Environment.
- Should be limited in number wherever possible.
Employee / Contract Worker Entrance
- Shall include CCTV.
- Shall include security screening stations for properties considered to be in areas
with an Elevated Security Environment.
- Shall be secured and controlled at all times via either an off-line guest keycard
reader or an on-line access control reader.
- Should be limited to one Employee / Contract Worker Entrance.
Emergency Exits:
- May be maintained in the latched/closed position by electrical power. Loss of
power shall automatically unlock secured doors.
- Shall be equipped with panic devices that do not require prior or special
knowledge or effort by building occupants to exit. Pushing of the panic device
shall automatically unlock secured doors.
- All centrally lockable doors shall be fully addressable to allow full control of locking
and unlocking from the main security center and all duplicate/remote locations.
- Fire stairwell doors and emergency egressways shall be identified with signage
and shall be in accordance with prevailing federal, state and local laws (i.e. 6-A
North, 6-B South marked on the doors).
- Fire stairwells shall be kept free of obstructions and combustibles.
Loading Dock Doors:
- Provide roll down overhead doors, which are lockable from the inside.
- Loading docks and overhead dock doors shall be monitored at all times.
226
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- The overhead dock doors shall effectively restrict access into the hotel during
times when the loading dock doors are left open.
- Should incorporate CCTV.
227
SECURITY SYSTEMS
228
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Windows
Window Requirements
Windows at all Hotels must include the following:
- Windows in ground floor lobby areas and other public areas with exterior windows
such as restaurants, waiting areas, etc. must include laminated glass.
- Where windows at upper levels are operable, the maximum width of the opening
can be no more than 10 cm.
- Exterior, ground level windows shall be equipped with emergency release
mechanisms in accordance with health and safety requirements and concerns.
- The locks on exterior ground-level windows shall be made inaccessible to
someone intent on breaking the window. By use of decorative metal grills or heavy
gauge wire mesh to augment security of window on entry.
In an Elevated Security Environment may be equipped with one or more of following
additional security enhancements windows:
- Blast-resistant window film on exterior windows in:
Lobby areas.
Public areas with exterior windows (restaurants, waiting areas, etc.).
VIP or Presidential suites to reduce ballistic attack impact.
- Blast-resistant window blinds or treatments that one used as a way to deflect the
impact of an explosive as an alternate under certain conditions.
- Blast-resistant laminated glass.
- Ground-level windows shall be monitored by detection devices (alarms).
Where windows are enhanced to mitigate the affects of an explosive or bomb blast,
the following standards will apply:
- All blast mitigation applied to exterior windows must conform to the United States
General Service Administration (GSA) blast protection condition 3b, equivalent
conditions set forth in the Interagency Security Committee (ISC) Security Design
Criteria or greater.
- All window laminate must include GSA certified mechanical, wet glaze anchoring
systems or other similar structural adhesive systems on all film to increase its
effectiveness and ensure laminate is anchored to the frame.
Where windows are enhanced to mitigate the affects of a ballistic, the following
standard will apply:
- Windows must conform to Protection Level 4 using Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
standard UL 752.
- The total system of anchor, frame, door material and glazing material must absorb
the energy from the projectile.
- The framing system must also be capable of stopping the potential threat and
retain the glazing system during attack.
- Installing bullet resistant glazing in a non-certified frame will not ensure the
desired level of protection.
- Any ballistic glazing certified to meet a ballistic standard, must be retained in a
certified framing system.
229
SECURITY SYSTEMS
230
SECURITY SYSTEMS
231
SECURITY SYSTEMS
232
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Elevator Security
Elevator Security Requirement and Standard
Elevators designed for guest use shall be designed in such a way that one set of
elevators service underground or attached parking garage (where applicable) with
accessibility only to common areas of the hotel and a second set of elevators serve
the guestroom floors. Unrestricted access to a guestroom floor from a parking deck
shall not be provided.
Where possible, transfer from elevators servicing parking facilities to elevators
servicing guestroom floors shall occur at the lobby level and require individuals to
proceed past the front desk.
Consideration shall be given to restricting floor access to guestroom floors whereby
the use of a valid hotel credential is required.
233
SECURITY SYSTEMS
air intake, rooftop and utility routes, all of which are subject to possible compromise
from bio-threats and must be secured to prevent unauthorized access.
Rooftop break-through locks at stair doors must be in place with an alarm that goes to
the SCC.
Air intake is recommended to be located on high level. However, if located at lower
levels, must be fitted with a system that allows immediate shut off from the BAS
station at the SCC. These must be louvered in a way that protects the system from
tampering or being compromised.
All equipment must have power and/or signal cables shielded in vandal and corrosion
resistant conduit.
Fuel storage (gas or Diesel) must be physically secured with fencing and monitored
by CCTV coverage to deter sabotage and attack.
The Hotels water supply and treatment plant must be restricted for access by
authorized engineering staff only.
All security systems must be provided with emergency generator power and a
minimum 4-hour battery backup that is independent of the hotels generator system. It
must be located in an area that is access controlled and be tested quarterly.
PBX System must be equipped with a Caller ID system to enable the identification of
all incoming calls.
PBX System must be equipped to be capable of recording calls, such as bomb
threats.
CCTV Requirement
Video surveillance cameras shall be monitored at all times by dedicated on-site
security force manning a Security Control Center.
Digital Video Recorders (DVR) and Network Video Recorders (NVR) are the only
approved recording devices.
234
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Video shall be captured by high-resolution color cameras that are capable of adjusting
to the changes of day to night lighting so as to capture clear images and true
representations of skin tone and colors.
Surveillance systems and cameras must be hard-wired, wherever possible. IP based
cameras and wireless cameras are acceptable, depending on the situation.
The use of surveillance cameras to monitor the pool area is prohibited.
Dummy or Fake cameras or camera housings that give the appearance of a camera
are prohibited at all times.
No cameras may be placed in areas where there is a reasonable expectation of
privacy.
Appropriate signage must be installed as required by local law / ordinance.
CCTV Standard
Digital Video Recorder (DVR) / Network Video Recorder (NVR)
- DVR storage drives must be sized and programmed to maintain at least 30-day
history of images.
- Recording rates must adhere to the following minimum frame rate:
Minimum / normal mode 5 frames per second (FPS) .
Alarm mode 15 FPS.
- Resolution must be 4CIF (or D1 in the Sony format) or better for each camera.
See summary table below:
Format Video Resolution (NTSC)
235
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- Motion detection fields to initiate recording or change recording speed must not
identify activity outside of windows or doors in close proximity.
- A keyboard to control cameras must be installed for all camera systems with
greater than 16 cameras.
Monitors
- CCTV monitors must be configured to provide individual view and / or a matrix
view of all cameras associated with the surveillance system; the monitor
associated with the DVR should not be used for active monitoring; separate
monitors shall be provided.
- A VGA monitor shall be connected to the CCTV system.
- Monitors shall be a minimum of 15-inch wide screen and rack, wall or desk
mountable.
- Where no 24-hour on-site uniformed security services are provided and cameras
are installed beyond the lobby or employee-only areas at least one monitor shall
be installed at the front desk of a property OR web-enabled access to the DVR
from the Point-of-Sale station.
- Where uniformed security services are provided and a 24-hour Security
Command Center (SCC) has been designated, security monitors shall be located
in this office exclusively. Depending of the size of the surveillance system, it is
ideal to have a minimum of four 42 inches flat panel monitors displaying all critical
cameras and an additional two to three smaller call up monitor in console to
display cameras triggered as a result of an alarm condition.
- The CCTV system head end shall be kept in the security office or IT room, if
applicable and only approved personnel shall have access.
Cabling and Power
- All wiring for new CCTV systems, IP cameras or NVR solutions must use
Category 6 (Cat 6) cabling which is 23 AWG, 4 twisted pair UTP, PCV multi-color
jacket.
- All power wiring for cameras and low voltage transformers must use plenum, 18
gauge 2 conductor (18 AWG, 2c) non-shielded CMP rated cabling.
- All coaxial wiring for legacy analog CCTV devices must use plenum RG 6 18
GAUGE (20AWG) solid bare copper, 95% bare copper braid CLP2/CMP rated
cabling.
- Low voltage cabling may be installed in runs with other low voltage cabling,
properly routed with cable ties, and indelibly identified with proper labeling.
Conduit may be required in many locations.
- Plug-in transformers must be enclosed in a 4-screw cover box containing 120
VAC receptacles. Exposed plug-in transformers may not be used.
- A UPS device must be installed to electrically segregate the DVR from its power
source to protect against power fluctuations.
Cameras
- Cameras must be high resolution, fixed or variable focus lens with a minimum of
f=2.8-5.8mm, f1.4 auto iris or better.
- Effective picture of 380,000 pixels, 768 (H) x 494 (V) or better
- Horizontal resolution of 500 TV Lines or better.
- Signal to Noise ratio (S/N Ratio) must be at least 48 DB
- Minimum illumination 0.2 Lux.
- ATW color range of 2200 K to 10000 K or better
- Input voltage of DC12V and AC24V
- Operating temperature between -20 to 50 degrees Celsius
236
SECURITY SYSTEMS
237
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- Emergency exit doors (mounted on the interior viewing the door) or exterior pantilt-zoom cameras interfaced with an emergency exits door position switch.
- Roof areas where helicopter landing pads are present or adjacent building roofs
that present risks.
- General surveillance for attached surface parking lots.
- PABX/Computer room entry.
238
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Where a full time security force is present, all ACAM workstations should be installed
in the Security Command Center and monitored / maintained by the Hotel Security
Department.
Shall be supported by a minimum four (4) hour battery back up in addition to a site
emergency generator, where present.
Shall be programmed to historically document the access activities of all cardholders
and stored for a minimum of 60 days.
Access to all critical infrastructures on site shall be monitored and controlled access.
An interface between the propertys on-line ACAM system and the off-line Guestroom
Keycard system shall be done, wherever possible.
ACAM Standard
ACAM systems shall consist of the following at a minimum:
- Monitoring workstation that displays ACAM Events and ACAM Alarms in real time.
- Video Imaging / Video Badging workstation
- Field Panels / Data Gathering Panels
- Field Devices including card readers, door contacts, motion sensors, glass break
detectors, duress alarms and related components.
- Locking Mechanisms
Monitoring Workstation
- All card reader controlled doors shall report valid / invalid entry / exit events in real
time on the associated workstation.
- All card reader controlled doors shall report door held open / door open too long /
door forced open alarms in real time on the associated workstation.
- Alarm / Event Monitor will be integrated with the Video Badging workstation.
- Installed in the console provided in the Security Command Center.
Field Panels
- Shall communicate either via TCP / IP over a dedicated LAN or the guest network
LAN, separate from the Hotel LAN network.
- Shall provide alarm input / output control, multiple card reader interface
configurations and local battery backup, and alarm as appropriate.
- Include tamper alarms that report to the ACAM workstation.
- Shall be mounted in lockable and secure locations on site (typically an IT / MDF
closet).
Card Readers
- All card readers should utilize RFID proximity technology with a read range of at
least 5 cm or greater.
- Card readers deployed at the Hotel may vary by property but may include:
Wall mounted card readers
Mullion mounted card readers
Long range card readers
- Card readers and associated door access devices shall be installed on the lock
side of the door (or the hinged side of the active double door) at approximately
1000 mm above the floor.
- All card reader controlled doors, equipped with a mechanical locking system shall
include a request-to-exit (REX) device in the form of a PIR motion sensor.
Note that two-way card readers or push-button REX devices are prohibited,
unless in extreme cases and approved by H.I.T.S.
239
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- REX devices shall be programmed only to shunt the door contact / alarm and not
unlock the door. The device shall identify valid egress of personnel who are
between 1000 mm to 2000 mm away from the door.
- REX devices shall be installed at the center of the doorframe wherever possible
and not blocked by emergency exit signs.
- All card reader doors should have alarm contacts that are flush mounted,
wherever possible (surface mounted if necessary on the protected side of the
door).
- One door into every space secured by the ACAM system shall have a mechanical
key override capability.
Locking Devices
- All card reader controlled doors shall be locked using:
Electro-mechanical locks wherever possible.
Electric lock strikes may be used as needed but shall include latch-guards.
Where electric lock strikes are used, Classroom-style Locksets will be used.
- Magnetic locks will be avoided wherever possible. Where magnetic locks are
used, the REX PIR Motion Sensor will also be programmed to temporarily
disengage power to the magnetic lock.
In addition to the REX PIR, a manual push-button REX mounted on the secure
side of the door will also be provided that is connected directly to the power
supply of the magnetic lock.
Magnetic locks used to secure doors in critical locations should also have a
keyed bypass lock installed on the unsecured side of the door, keyed to a
restricted mechanical keyway that is also connected to the power supply of the
magnetic lock to be used for emergency purposes only.
- Door hardware and related devices are to be powered by a power supply different
than the field panel.
- All electro-mechanical and electrified strikes shall be set to fail-safe or unlock
upon the loss of power.
- All electric locks for occupied areas in the path of exit shall be interfaced with the
Hotels fire alarm system, in accordance with NFPA or prevailing fire code.
Stairwell Doors
- For stairwell doors that will be monitored and prohibit reentry to a floor, an
electrified lock set similar to the Hi Tower Locks shall be used in all cases.
- In order to allow re-entry during emergency passage, locksets shall be installed on
stairwell doors.
Cabling
- Low voltage cabling may be installed in runs with other low voltage cabling,
properly routed with cable ties, and indelibly identified with proper labeling.
Conduit may be required in many facilities but shall conform to prevailing electrical
codes in all cases.
- All power wiring between panels and door locks shall use plenum, 18 gauge 2
conductor (18 AWG, 2c) non-shielded, CMP rated cabling.
- All wiring between panels for data communications shall use plenum, 18 gauge
4 conductor (18AWG, 4c) overall shielded, CMP rated cabling.
- All wiring between panels and alarm / signaling devices should use plenum, 20
gauges 4 conductors (20AWG, 4c) overall shielded, CMP rated cabling.
- All wiring between panels and card readers shall use plenum, 20 gauge 6
conductor (20 AWG, 6c) overall stranded CMP rated cabling.
240
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Access Credentials
- An access credential is required for every hotel employee.
- Due to the nature of their jobs and the distribution of employee name tags as part
of a uniform, the access credential may come in multiple forms:
Imageable Proximity Access Card.
Proximity Transponder Tag.
Proximity Key Fob.
Long Range Proximity Tag (for vehicles).
- A minimum of 500 access credentials is required upon the commissioning of the
system.
- A picture of all hotel workers permanently assigned to the hotel shall be taken and
maintained on the access control system.
IDS Requirements
Provide to all hotels that do not have a full time 24/7 uniformed security.
Where present, all IDS systems will be monitored by a UL-Listed Central Alarm
Station at all times and the response is documented and understood by the Hotel.
The applicable security integrator must provide an IDS that is complete and fully
functional with all components, accessories and training as depicted on contract
drawings.
241
SECURITY SYSTEMS
IDS Standard
IDS will be comprised of the following equipment, at a minimum:
- Control Panel
- Wireless / Wired Receiver
- Keypad
- Door Position Switch (DPS) on all perimeter access points
- One (1) DPS on the cashiers safe / drop safe, where present.
- Wired Duress Alarm at all POS stations at the guest check-in counter.
- Wired Duress Alarm in Cashiers Office, where present.
- Wired Duress Alarm in Safe Deposit Box (SDB) room where present.
- One (1) wireless Duress Alarm.
- Cellular back-up unit
Installation
- Where possible, field panels connected to IDS must be located in a secured,
limited access room (MDF / IDF rooms as example) and installed on wall board.
- Installation of IDS field panels should be on a 1200mm x 2400mm to 12mm to 19
mm fire rated plywood backboard.
Cabling and Power
- Power is required and power supplies should be installed per local code. All wiring
between panels for data communications must use plenum, 18 gauge 4
conductor (18 AWG, 4c) overall shielded (OAS), CMP rated cabling.
- All wiring between panels and alarm / signaling devices must use plenum, 20
gauges 4 conductor (20AWG, 4c) overall shielded (OAS), CMP rated cabling.
- IDS panels must be equipped with tamper switch contacts.
242
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- IDS systems and associated panels must be supported by battery back-up with a
minimum of four (4) hour support capacity. Where available, the IDS should also
be connected to the sites UPS system and emergency generator.
- A dedicated telephone line must be provided for the security alarm panel to
transmit alarm signals. No other devices may be connected that line.
- The wiring connecting the wireless back-up panel and the alarm panel must be
placed in conduit.
- The antenna cabling for the wireless back-up must be installed in 20mm conduit
extending above the ceiling or to a minimum height of 3 meters above the floor.
Device Mounting
- IDS system must monitor every perimeter access point to the site.
- Contact points must be mounted in the top edge of a door, 50 mm from the strike
side of the door. The contacts must be recessed unless the door frames are filled.
- If the door frames are filled, a surface mounted door position switch (DPS) may be
used. The DPS may be mounted on the door frame and the magnet on the top
edge of the door at the same location.
- Duress (panic) alarms must be provided in at least two locations at the front guest
check-in desk. Devices should be mounted underneath the POS stations in a
discreet location. Similarly, duress alarms are required at the Regency/Grand
Club reception desks, as well.
- One additional wireless Duress Alarm should be provided for staff use.
Duress Alarms
Duress Alarm Requirements
There are two types of duress alarms that may be installed on a property; a security
duress alarm and a medical alert alarm. While the two may be similar in operability
and the technology used, they differ as to the circumstances surrounding their use
and the response they may generate.
Security Duress (panic) Alarms are required for the following areas:
- Cashiers room.
- Front desk stations and Regency/Grand Club reception (one per station).
- Safety Deposit Box (SDB) Room.
- Point-of-Sale Stations where large cash transactions are anticipated.
243
SECURITY SYSTEMS
244
SECURITY SYSTEMS
245
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- All equipment must have power and/or signal cables shielded in vandal and
corrosion resistant conduit. Alternatively, signals may be transmitted by encrypted
wireless operation.
- Duplicate, remote security panels (preferably PC-based) and operations must be
made available at the Hotel Communication Center and/or as designated by
H.I.T.S.
- The Security Consultant must coordinate with the architect and MEP consultant to
ensure that space planning and MEP connections are available to allow the
suitable location and operation of electrically-powered security equipment.
Designation of power requirements must be included, as well as outlets to be
dedicated to security systems. Those systems to be supported by emergency
power must be specified and must include all emergency lighting. Systems must
be protected from electro magnetic interference and should be away from power
distribution equipment.
- All systems associated with telephone and computer equipment, including such
things as security panels, elevators, fire alarms and emergency evacuation must
be coordinated by the responsible consultant for interfacing and integration of
these systems into a cohesive solution.
246
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Metal Detectors
Metal Detector Requirements
Where needed, both walk-through and hand-held metal detection systems must be
used.
Where required, a custom unit that would be designed without an overhead bridge is
acceptable. This design would only be required for the main guest entrances.
For other Front-of-House access points, elliptic style walk-through metal detectors
should be used whenever possible.
247
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- The units controls shall be contained in a touch pad panel with LCD or LED
display screens for system status information. This panel, along with all wiring,
connections and electronics should be integrated into a single overhead
compartment.
- The system shall be designed with programming to eliminate the detection signals
from two or more targets from canceling each other.
- The system shall be self-diagnostics, always maintaining system readiness and
annunciating any problems by way of the display panel.
- The unit shall have self-charging batteries for maintaining system operation of no
less than forty-five minutes during extended power interruptions.
- The unit is to be constructed of a scratch and mar resistant material with resilient
end caps. The control panel and cross member shall be constructed of aluminum
or stainless steel.
- Electrical power for the unit shall be fully automatic with a breaker and meet UL
code.
- The unit shall posses a magnetic field strength that will not affect magnetic
recording media including magnetic tapes, diskettes and cards.
- The unit must have been tested in accordance to and meet or exceed the
requirements of:
The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers: Standards for Safety
Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic
Fields.
OSHA: Radiation Protection Guide, CFR 1910.97 section (2) I.
National Institute of Law Enforcement and Criminal Justice: Standards for
Walk-Through Metal Detectors for Use in Weapons Detection, NILECJ-STD0601.00 section 4.11.
U.S. Federal Aviation Administration airport application specifications of the
Undetectable Firearm Act of 1991.
Hand-held Metal Detectors:
- Designed for hand-held non-contact body scanning to detect small metallic
objects.
- Detect both ferrous and non-ferrous metals equally from any direction.
- Contain an On/Off switch and integral Momentary-On function or other battery
conservation feature.
- Equipped with both audio and LED visual alarm annunciation. The audio
annunciation must have a preset minimum level to assure operator awareness of
detection whenever the unit is on.
- Shall have an adjustable sensitivity level based on the size of the object to be
detected.
- Must provide for rapid scanning over large surfaces allowing the operator to work
further away from subjects and must be free of any protruding components, which
could catch on clothing.
- Must be operational with Nickel Cadmium (Ni CD) or Nickel Metal Hydride (Ni MH)
rechargeable batteries and be provided with a recharging kit and extra batteries.
Must also be capable of operation using a standard nine-volt battery.
- Must be lightweight, well balanced and have a casing constructed of high impact
resistant plastics.
- Must not affect cardiac pacemakers.
- Minimum Specifications:
Weight: No more than 0.5 kg.
248
SECURITY SYSTEMS
X-Ray Machines
To search bags and large luggage at hotel properties in a non-intrusive manner, X-ray
machines may be deployed. Software provides the ability for the machine and its
operator to differentiate inorganic substances from organic substances. County/State
regulations govern their use and safe application.
249
SECURITY SYSTEMS
- Capable of image stripping, which would allow for the image removal of either the
organic or inorganic items, without stopping the conveyor belt, to improve the
overall image clarity and highlight the potential threat areas.
- The conveyor belt must be constructed without the use of clamps or staples. The
conveyor belt shall also be partitioned from the electrical components to preclude
water or debris from entering these system sensitive areas.
- Capable of bi-directional scanning and able to produce an image in either
direction.
- Capable of annunciating an automatic density threat alert, which shall provide a
visual alarm on the system monitor when an area or item has not been
penetrated.
- The unit shall be installed in accordance with the most current version of and with
all applicable revisions pertaining to all applicable codes and standards.
250
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Only one intercom system should be used within the hotel although more than one
master station may be installed to incorporate operational considerations with regards
to parking management and building security.
Where possible, it is recommended that the intercom system be interfaced with CCTV
and access control systems.
Where possible, voice communication over the intercom system should be recorded
via a voice recording system.
251
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Regulations and Standards: System components, part and installation are to comply
with the corresponding recommendations of the Electronic Industries Association
(EIA), and the International Electro-technical Commission (IEC).
Wiring Method
Install wiring in raceway except within consoles, desks, and counters. Conceal cable
and raceway except in unfinished spaces.
Raceways
Cables may run with other communication cables in dedicated raceways, which are
properly divided so as to assign a separate for each single system. Communicationcable raceways must be totally segregated from power-cable raceways.
Grounding
Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize
ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other
impairments.
252
SECURITY SYSTEMS
253
Attachment
Security Systems
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
253.1
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Porte Cochere
9
10
253.2
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Front Office
15
16
Front Desk
17
18
253.3
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Luggage Room
25
26
27
29
Includes Fixed Camera CCTV coverage in PreFunction areas (amount and type specific to hotel)
30
Ballrooms in High Risk hotels includes Fixed and PanTilt-Zoom Camera CCTV (amount and type specific to
hotel)
Hotel Bars
31
32
253.4
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
39
40
41
42
36
37
38
253.5
SECURITY SYSTEMS
Item #
System or Component
46
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Guestrooms
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
56
253.6
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Guestroom Corridors
60
61
62
63
253.7
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Accounting Offices
73
74
75
76
77
253.8
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
79
80
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
82
83
81
253.9
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
97
253.10
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
106
Emergency Stairwells
107
108
253.11
SECURITY SYSTEMS
System or Component
Yes
No
HOTEL NAME:
Comment
Hyatt Response
Exterior Lighting
111
112
113
114
115
109
110
253.12
General Introduction
The goal of the Testing & Commissioning (T&C) process is to verify proper start-up and
operation of the building MEP systems, and provide documented confirmation that the
facility meets the performance requirements of the design intent. Fully functional and
verified MEP systems must comply with the operational needs of the Hyatt hotel and its
occupants. The commissioning process shall be developed by T & C Consultant and be
executed closely with the Sustainability Consultant to ensure implementation of Hyatts
Sustainable Design Criteria, and other green building initiatives, to reduce energy use
and lower operating costs.
It is a requirement of Hyatt International that the Testing & Commissioning Consultant be
hired at an early stage of the project to guide the Owner during the preparation of the
Owners Project Requirements and also assist core discipline consultants in developing
the Basis of Design. Testing & Commissioning Consultants other tasks are outlined in
the Scope of Work of MEP Consultants chapter of the ER&MS.
Hyatt will not accept the hand off or turnover of any MEP system or component that has
not been fully commissioned with the required recorded documentation.
254
General Requirements
All systems, components and equipment must at the time of hand over to Hyatt be:
Equipment Readiness
All equipment presented by the respective contractor for commissioning, testing and
hand over must be in a state of readiness to allow a complete performance test.
Documentation
Suppliers/Contractors will minimally furnish two sets of all operating and maintenance
manuals for all equipment as soon after awarding of the contract as practical, but no
less than three months before commencement of the hotel operation.
Suppliers/Contractors will minimally furnish two sets of all specifications related to the
equipment, including load performance and pressure drop curves, and other
documentation required for a thorough performance test of the equipment. If the
equipment has been factory tested, or inspected by an official government inspector,
any certificates to that effect must also be provided to the owners and H.I.T.S.
Contractors Notification
- Each supplier/contractor must provide notification, in accordance with the MEP
commissioning timetable, to the Owner/Developer, MEP Consultant and Hyatt that
their equipment or systems are ready for testing and commissioning.
Execution of Tests and Commissioning
Suppliers/Contractors will furnish all instruments of required accuracy to carry out
complete performance tests of the equipment, demonstrating the entire range of load
of the respective equipment, and performance ratios at these loads.
The contractor of each system must follow the Testing & Commissioning
requirements incorporated in the Construction Documents by T & C consultant.
T & C consultant shall prepare a Commissioning plan and specify, review and
oversee the execution of commissioning process.
Once completed, Testing and Commissioning finding and results will be reported to
the Owner and Hyatt by the T & C consultant together in a T & C report including a
summary.
The contractors must demonstrate the installation and performance of equipment and
systems to the T & C consultant for verification.
Demonstration of Equipment Performance
Hyatt shall not be required to prove non-performance or unsatisfactory performance
of any equipment. It shall be the responsibility of all Suppliers/Contractors to prove
the satisfactory performance of the equipment in accordance with all related
performance and characteristic specifications.
255
Guarantee/Warranty
Contractors, manufacturers and equipment suppliers must minimally provide an
equipment and labor guarantee/warranty for a minimum of 12 months following the
date of hand over of the respective system.
Systems to be Commissioned
Heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration (HVA&R) systems
(mechanical and passive) and associated controls.
Lighting, dimming and daylighting controls
Building Automation System (BAS)
Domestic water system (hot and cold) pumps, pressure controls, and temperature
controls.
Sanitary/drainage system including sewage treatment plant
Renewable energy systems (e.g. wind, solar)
Electrical systems
Fire and Life Safety Systems
Lift & Escalator
Water Features and Irrigation System
Gas & Fuel System
Acoustics
Note: Special System such as Security, Audio Visual, Communications and MATV/ITV
will need to be commissioned by their respective consultants. However, there may be
some overlaps of their scopes with other T&C Consultants scope, which shall be
mutually coordinated.
Please also refer to the Sample Flow Diagram for MEP Testing, Commissioning and
Handover in the Project Completion chapter that outlines activities and responsibilities
for each party i.e. Consultants, Contractors, Owner and H.I.T.S. / Hyatt.
256
General Introduction
In order to allow Hyatt to adequately plan and conduct its pre opening activities, the
Owner/Developer will confirm to Hyatt, in writing the formal opening date, within a period
not less than twelve (12) months prior to it. Any change to this formal opening date will
require the written mutual consent of both Owner/Developer and Hyatt.
To achieve a satisfactory hand over of the hotel to Hyatt, a sequential area-by-area
completion, as illustrated in the attached pro-forma hand over schedule, is required.
The MEP Consultant shall alert the owner/developer, contractors, subcontractors and
installers of MEP equipment of the following requirements, which are to become an
integral part of all contractual documents related to the installation of all MEP systems
and equipment.
The coordinated pre - handover inspection report shall be circulated to Hyatt and any
third parties as necessary.
257
PROJECT COMPLETION
thoroughly familiar and conversant with proper operation, maintenance and diagnostic
procedures of the equipment. No hand over can occur if training procedures have not
been satisfactorily carried out.
All MEP systems and components, together with areas housing these, will be inspected
to determine compliance with approved contract specifications/minimum standards.
Hyatt will be unable to take over any system or component for which the above have not
been completed.
Any take over will not imply Hyatts final acceptance of systems or components, which
will be subject to remedy of all recorded, hidden and latent defects.
The following tables indicate training periods for each system.
See Attachment: MEP Training Schedule
Please also refer to the attached Sample Flow Diagram for MEP Testing,
Commissioning and Handover that outlines activities and responsibilities for each
party.
See Attachment: Sample Flow Diagram for MEP Testing, Commissioning and Handover
Inspection by Hyatt
Following receipt of the pre hand over Inspection Report and subject to a satisfactory
level of completion achieved, Hyatt shall conduct their own inspection and detail:
Variances from approved minimum standards/contract specifications.
Defective architectural, MEP or interior works.
Defective, missing or incomplete FF&E.
Hyatt will issue this report to the Owner/Developer and any third parties as instructed.
Hyatt will be unable to take over any areas for which a report detailing their comments
has not been prepared and circulated, or any areas which have not been substantially
completed and installed with FF&E.
258
PROJECT COMPLETION
All costs including those associated with area occupation, energy consumption,
(including MEP systems and components commissioning) and security attendance at the
project site prior to the formal opening, shall be appropriated according to the terms and
conditions of the Management Agreement.
Consultants Responsibilities
The MEP and T&C Consultant will insure that all activities required for the
commissioning of major equipment be undertaken by factory trained personnel. In
addition, factory trained personnel shall provide adequate attendance at site dedicated
to instructing and training the hotels maintenance personnel in proper operation,
maintenance and diagnostic procedures of the equipment.
Specifications will require the installer to operate the equipment for the purpose of
running the components and to maintain safety, sanitary and comfort conditions for on
- site personnel.
Specifications will call for the transfer to Hyatt of minimally two sets of: as built
drawings, test and balance records, fan and pump performance curves, manuals
covering installation, start up, operation, maintenance, diagnosis, and parts
catalogues, minimally 2 weeks prior to testing related equipment.
The MEP consultant will bear in mind that contractors and construction personnel at
the job site may not be completely familiar with procedures, equipment and
interpretation of plans for the type of installation required. Sufficient details must be
included in the plans and specifications to compensate for such lack of familiarity.
The MEP consultant will apply his knowledge of the local conditions in specifying an
inventory of parts and consumables required by the operation of each system for a
minimum period of three months.
The attached List of Spare Items will be modified to reflect local conditions and will be
integrated into the specifications after approval by Hyatt International Technical
Services.
Testing & Commissioning consultant shall be required to perform the tasks described
in Phase 4 Acceptance Phase and Phase 5 Warranty Phase including but not
259
PROJECT COMPLETION
Eight Weeks
Prior to
Opening
Four Weeks
Prior to
Opening
Three
Weeks Prior
to Opening
Caf
Restaurant
Receiving
Areas
50%
remaining
Restaurants
and Bars
Reception/
Concierge
Fitness
Center
All Hotel
Shops
Laundry &
Valet Area
Indoor &
Outdoor
Pools & Spa
Hotel Entry
Computer
Equipment
Room
Uniform
Issue Area
Remaining
Meeting
Rooms
Hotel Lobby
and
remaining
Public Areas
All
Storerooms
All
Storerooms
Six Weeks
Prior to
Opening
Employee
Lockers
Employee
Dining Room
Ballrooms
and Meetings
Support
Areas
Two Weeks
Prior to
Opening
One Week
Prior to
Opening
Remaining
Restaurants
and Bars
Main Kitchen
& Cold
Rooms
Banquet
Kitchen
Remaining
Kitchens
15 % of
Guestroom
Count,
Corridors &
BOH Areas
30% of
Guestroom
Count.
Corridors &
BOH Areas
50% of
Guestroom
Count,
Corridors &
BOH Areas
80% of
Guestroom
Count,
Corridors &
BOH Areas
Remaining
Guestrooms,
Corridors, &
BHO Areas
1 X Service
Elevator
1 X Service
Elevator
All
Guestroom
Elevators
Remaining
Elevators
Outdoor
Facilities, car
park and
Landscaping
Regency and
Grand Club
Lounge &
Party
PABX
Equipment
Room &
Operators
Area
260
PROJECT COMPLETION
Receiving
Area
Security/
Timekeeper
Eight Weeks
Prior to
Opening
BOH
Corridors
Six Weeks
Prior to
Opening
Four Weeks
Prior to
Opening
Three
Weeks Prior
to Opening
Two Weeks
Prior to
Opening
One Week
Prior to
Opening
MEP System
&
Components
1 X Service
Elevators
1 X Service
Elevator
Trash &
Garbage
Handling
areas
261
Attachments
Project Completion
PROJECT COMPLETION
Instruction Period
Chillers
5 Days
HVAC Components
4 Days
3 Days
Boiler/Boiler Plant
2 Days
2 Days *
Day
Day
Component/System - Electrical
Instruction Period
Standby Generator
1 Day *
Incoming Services
1 Day
1 Day
Dimming Systems
1 Day *
3 Days
2 Days
Day *
Day
3 Days
Telephone System
3 Days
5 Days
3 Days
3 Days
Lift/Escalator Systems
3 Days
Computer LAN/UPS
1 Day
Miscellaneous Systems
3 Days
261.1
PROJECT COMPLETION
Instruction Period
1 Day *
Water Treatment
1 Day
Day *
Day *
1 Day *
1 Day *
Day
Day
3 Days *
Day
1 Day
Day
Desalination Plant
1 Day
1 Day
Irrigation System
Day
261.2
PROJECT COMPLETION
T&C
Consultant
MEP
Life Safety
Lighting
Lift / Escalator
Water Features/
Irrigation
Audio Visual
Communication
Security
MATV / ITV
Acoustic
Consultant Review of
System Installation
Consultant Written
Approval of System
Installation
Yes
No
Yes
No
HVAC&R
Lighting System
Building Automation
System
Domestic Hot & Cold
Water System
Sanitary System
Electrical System
Fire & Life Safety System
Water Feature System
Irrigation System
Gas & Fuel System
Audio Visual System
Communication
Security
MATV / ITV
Contractors
Rectify Defects
No
Yes
Contractors
Contractors and
Consultants
Documentation
Provided to Hyatt
Pass
Contractors
Spare Items Provided to
Hyatt Operating Staff
Per ER&MS
As Built Drawings
O&M Manuals
Specifications
Warranties
Required Licenses /
Government
Inspections
Contractors
Rectify Defects
Ownership
Ownership Notifies
Hyatt of Dates of
System Handover
Preparations for
Handover to HITS
Inspection by Hyatt
Operating Staff
Defects
OWNERS SCOPE
OF
RESPONSIBILITY
Acceptance by HITS
Notes:
1. Area framed with red dotted line includes activities within Owners scope of responsibility
2. Area framed with blue dotted line includes activities within HITS/HYATT scope of responsibility
Training
Provided to Hyatt
Operating Staff
261.3
Operation and
Maintenance by Hyatt
Operating Staff
HITS/HYATT
SCOPE OF
RESPONSIBILITY
ER&MS Version 4.0
262
Attachment
List of Spare Items
Imported Equipment
15 m
20 m
To match acoustical
ceiling tile
2 complete sets
3 complete sets
4 complete sets
8m
10 m
5 m
8 m
Resilient Flooring
8 m
10 m
12
1% of each
2% of each
12
10
General Areas
Balcony Doors/Hardware:
Balcony Doors
Rollers, Locks & Pulls
Tracks
Balcony Finishes:
Bathroom Accessories:
Bathrobe Hook
Bath Wall Tiles or Marble
Door Track, Rollers, Guides and
Pulls
262.1
Imported Equipment
Carpeting
Fabrics
To match carpeting
To match carpeting
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
Closers
Door Chains
Hinges
Strikes
Do Not Disturb
Door Chimes
Door Viewer
Fabric Material
Traverse Rods
1%
2%
General Areas
Carpeting:
Door Hardware:
Drapery:
262.2
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
Mfg. Recommendations
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications - DR&MS
See Hardware
Specifications DR&MS
3 m
5 m
Quarry Tile
3 m
5 m
6 gallons
6 gallons
20 gallons
10 gallons
Walls, Baseboards
10 gallons
10 gallons
2% of bulk
Glass
None
1% or special glazing
Windows
None
Min. 1% replacement
General Areas
Hardware Hinges, Pulls, Rollers,
etc. as used on all Guest Room &
Public Area millwork.
Key Card Energizer
Locksets:
Locksets
- Cylinders
- Cylinders
Service Area Locksets
- Cylinders
Marble Thresholds
Wall Finishes:
262.3
Imported Equipment
3%
1% each type
1% complete
2% complete
10
10
Mfg. Recommendations
1%
2%, min. 5
30 A
1%, min. 1
2%, min. 1
50 A
1%, min. 1
2%, min. 1
100 A
1%, min. 1
2%, min. 1
min. 1% of each
min. 1% of each
Fuses
Amptraps
1 spare pump,
2 underwater fixtures
Mfg. Recommendations or
2 each type
Mfg. Recommendations
or
2 each type
Set of Contacts
2%,
min. 1 each size & type
Solenoid Coils
1%,
min. 1 each size & type
Starter Heaters
3%,
min. 1 each size & type
General Areas
Audio Visual:
Audio System Wire, Cable
Connectors, Switches,
Guest Room Audio System
Escutchons, Plates, Switches,
Taps and Splitters
TV Outlets
TV Outlet Plates
Building Automation System
Circuit Breakers:
20 A & smaller
150 A 1000 A
Electric Starters:
262.4
Imported Equipment
3%,
min. 1 each size & type
As noted below
Export Kit
1 set
button each type & size
3%,
min. 1 each size & type
None
Mfg. Recommendations
Exhibitors Receptacles
None
1% each type
Mfg. Recommendations
None
1%
Mfg. Recommendations
20 %
30 %
60 each type
Mfg. Recommendations
General Areas
Electric Motors:
Auto-Off-Hand Switch
Electrical Motors
Start-Stop-Reset Button
Starter Breakers
Supply and other Motor Loads
Emergency Generator
Junction Boxes
Life Safety:
Fire Alarm Panels
P.A. & Emergency Paging
P.A. Speakers for Public Areas
Security CCTV System
Lighting Accessories:
Ballasts/Starters
Lenses Diffusers
Sockets & Lamp Holders
Light Bulbs:
PABX
262.5
Imported Equipment
None
1 set
Receptacles
Metal Plates
Plastic Plates
10
2%
3%
Mfg. Recommendations
1 complete set
1 complete set
General Areas
Panel Type Meters
Projector Lamps
Power Outlets:
Signal Lamps
Shaving Outlets:
Swimming Pool:
Underwater Fixture
Replacement Bulbs, Vacuum
Hose, Attachments
Gaskets for Pumps, Valves, etc.
Consumable Filters
Other as detailed under
Chemical Treatment
Theatrical:
Theatrical Lights
Theatrical Spotlights
Transformers:
3% complete
15% bulbs
1 fan for each size,
1 lens each type,
50% gel filters,
1 reflector each type,
1 special connector each
type
20%bulb,
8%fans,
1 complete lens set for
each size & type,
100% gel filters,
100% special connectors
1 set
Current Transformers
5% complete
262.6
Imported Equipment
None
Metal Plates
Plastic Plates
1 of each type
1 of each type
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
6.35mm - 25.4mm
1 each type
1 each type
31.7mm - 101.6mm
Mfg. Recommendations
1 unit
1 unit
Pop up Drains
1 kit
2 kits
Overflow Escutcheon
1%
2%
Lavatory: Trim
1% + Export Kit
P Traps
Angle Valves
Connectors
Escutcheons
General Areas
Low Voltage Transformer for
Lighting
Utility Fixtures
Wall Switches:
Switches
Weatherproof Fixtures
Plumbing
General Areas
Automatic Valves:
Bathtubs:
Bathtubs
262.7
Imported Equipment
1%, min. 6
Flush tanks
1% +
2% rebuilding kits
2% +
4% rebuilding kits
Flush valves
1% +
2% rebuilding kits
1% +
4% rebuilding kits
None
1% each component
Mfg. Recommendations
1% +
2% rebuilding kits
1% +
3% rebuilding kits
2%
2%
None
2%
Sinks / Basins
Water Closets
Brass Rings-Flanges
Seats
1% + 2% rebuilding kits
2% rebuilding kits
3% rebuilding kits
General Areas
Pop-up drains
Insulation:
Insulation (pipe)
Insulation (cement)
Sewage Treatment Special Tools
Shower:
Shower Mixers/Heads
Shower Mixer Escutcheon
Shower Arms and Escutcheons
Shut-off Valves
Sinks / Basins:
Water Closets:
Valve Sets
Washlets w/Electronic Controls
Water Treatment Chemical (Domestic
water, pools, etc)
262.8
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
Mfg. Recommendations
1 set of controls
35% of dryers,
min. 1 of each size
Mfg. Recommendations
Freezer Alarm
1 complete thermostat
Ice Machine
Mfg. Recommendations
Mfg. Recommendations
Reach-in Refrigerator
None
None
Mfg. Recommendations
Mfg. Recommendations
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
1 station +
Mfg. Recommendations
1 pull station +
Mfg. Recommendations
Mfg. Recommendations
Mfg. Recommendations
50%
100%
1% each class
3% each class
none
10%
1 pull station +
Mfg. Recommendations
1 pull station +
Mfg. Recommendations
1%
1%
Kitchen:
Condensing Units
262.9
Imported Equipment
1%
2%
None
Mfg. Recommendations
Flow Switches
None
1 each size or
Mfg. Recommendations
2%
3%
Mfg. Recommendations
Mfg. Recommendations
1% each type
1% each type
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
1 set
1 set
100%
Pneumatic-Electrical
1%
1%
1%
2%
None
1 set
General Areas
Fire Hose Nozzle
Sprinkler Heads
HVAC
General Areas
AHU Temperature Control including
Valve Operator
Air Handling Units
V-belts
Motor Bearings
Automatic Valves:
Casings
Boiler:
Nozzle Assembly
262.10
Imported Equipment
Controls
None
Gauges
1 set
1% repl.,
min. 1 each size & type
1% repl.,
min. 1 each size & type
Mfg. Recommendations
General Areas
Steam Traps
Central A/C Plant:
Central Air Conditioning
Spare Parts
Mfg. Recommendations
Starters
Mfg. Recommendations
Control Valves
1%
1%
Finned Sections
1%
1%
Covers/Brackets
1%
3%
Mfg. Recommendations
Relief Valve
1 set
1 set
Electrodes
1 set
1 set
Tube Brushes
1 set
1 set
12
None
1% complete unit
min. 1 each size
1% complete unit
min. 1 each size
Control Valves
2%
2%
Convectors:
Cooling Towers
Tube Plugs
Dampers
Duct Insulation
Fan Coil Units:
262.11
Imported Equipment
Guest Rooms
1%
2%
Public Areas
None
3% or as practical
2%
3%
Pilot Lights
25%
50%
5%
10%
Mfg. Recommendations
None
1 year contract
including chemicals
1 year contract
including chemicals
5% diaphragms
10% diaphragms
min. 2 each
1%
2%
1%
2%
None
1 set
1%
Fan Motors
1%
1%
Finned Coils
1%
2%
General Areas
Grills:
262.12
Locally Manufactured
Equipment
Imported Equipment
None
1%
5%
10%
None
Vibration Eliminator:
Floor Vibration Eliminators
Slab Vibration Isolation
Valve Gland Packing
Vibration Eliminator
262.13